Merge from mainline.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (20998 4934
69 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (20709 26818
89 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21024 28968
100 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (20992 52525 458637
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20991 31656
242 ;;;;;; 363459 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
303
304 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
305
306 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
307 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
308 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
309 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
310 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
311 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
312 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
313 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
314 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
315 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
316 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
317 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
318 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
319 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
320 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
321 definition will always be cached for later usage.
322
323 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
324
325 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
326 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
327 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
328
329 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
330 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 BODY...)
332
333 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
334 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
335 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
336 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
337 see also `ad-add-advice'.
338 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
339 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
340 before/around/after-advices will be used.
341 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
342 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
343 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
344 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
345 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
346 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
347
348 Semantics of the various flags:
349 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
350 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
351 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
352
353 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
354 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
355
356 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
357 advised function should be compiled.
358
359 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
360 during activation until somebody enables it.
361
362 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
363 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
364 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
365 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
366
367 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
368 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
369 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
370 BODY...)
371
372 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
373
374 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
375
376 ;;;***
377 \f
378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21012 37798 962028 0))
379 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380
381 (autoload 'align "align" "\
382 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
383 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
384 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
385 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
386 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
387 rule's `separate' attribute).
388
389 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
390 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
391 `separate' attribute set.
392
393 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
394 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
395 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
396 on the format of these lists.
397
398 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399
400 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
401 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
402 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
403 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404
405 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
406 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407
408 Fred (123) 456-7890
409 Alice (123) 456-7890
410 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
411 Joe (123) 456-7890
412
413 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
414 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
415 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416
417 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
418 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
419 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
420 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
421 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422
423 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
424 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
425 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
426 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
427 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
428 throughout the line.
429
430 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431
432 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
433 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434
435 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
436 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439
440 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
445 align that section.
446
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
455 been used to align that section.
456
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
465 to be colored.
466
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468
469 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471
472 \(fn)" t nil)
473
474 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476
477 \(fn)" t nil)
478
479 ;;;***
480 \f
481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (20996 49577 892030 0))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (20996
841 ;;;;;; 49577 892030 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
845
846 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
847 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848
849 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850
851 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852
853 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
854 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855
856 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
857 visiting an outline.
858
859 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
860 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861
862 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
863 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
864 you want allout widgets operation.
865
866 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867
868 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869
870 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871
872 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
873 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
875 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
876 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877
878 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
879 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
880 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881
882 The graphics include:
883
884 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885
886 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
887 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888
889 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
890 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891
892 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
893 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
894 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895
896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897
898 ;;;***
899 \f
900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21005 64551 555603
901 ;;;;;; 0))
902 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903
904 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905
906 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
907 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
908 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
909 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
910 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
911 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912
913 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914
915 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
916
917
918 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919
920 ;;;***
921 \f
922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104
923 ;;;;;; 0))
924 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925
926 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
927 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
928 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
929 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
930 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
931 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
932 in the current window.
933
934 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935
936 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
937 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
938 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
939 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
940 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
941 buffer if one does not exist.
942
943 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944
945 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
946 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
947 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
948 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
949 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950
951 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952
953 ;;;***
954 \f
955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20975 43430 521692
956 ;;;;;; 0))
957 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
958 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21022
982 ;;;;;; 34805 522289 827000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
986 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
987 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
988 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
989 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
990 \\[yank].
991
992 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
993 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
994 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
995 the rules.
996
997 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
998 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
999 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1000 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1001
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1005 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1006
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1008
1009 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1010 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1011 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1012
1013 \(fn)" nil nil)
1014
1015 ;;;***
1016 \f
1017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (20992 52525 458637
1018 ;;;;;; 0))
1019 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1020
1021 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1022 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1023 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1024 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1025 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1026 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1027
1028 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1029
1030 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1031 Toggle checking of appointments.
1032 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1033 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1034
1035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1036
1037 ;;;***
1038 \f
1039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (20991 31656 363459
1040 ;;;;;; 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1042
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1047
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1050
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1052
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1062
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1064
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1069
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1071
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1073
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1080
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1083
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1086
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1089
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1091
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1094
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1096
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1101
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1109
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1111
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1119
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1128
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1132
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1134
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1136
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1143
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1148
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1150
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1152
1153 ;;;***
1154 \f
1155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20932 10282 564846
1156 ;;;;;; 0))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1158
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1165
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1169
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1171
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1173
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1178
1179 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1180 Major mode for editing arrays.
1181
1182 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1183 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1184 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1185
1186 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1187
1188 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1189 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1190 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1191
1192 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1193 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1194 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1195 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1196 The variables are:
1197
1198 Variables you assign:
1199 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1200 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1201 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1202 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1203 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1204 row numbers in the buffer.
1205
1206 Variables which are calculated:
1207 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1208 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1209
1210 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1211 take a numeric prefix argument):
1212
1213 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1214 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1215 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1216 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1217
1218 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1219 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1220 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1221 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1222
1223 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1227
1228 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1229 between that of point and mark.
1230
1231 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1232 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1233
1234 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1235 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1236 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1237 newlines inside rows)
1238
1239 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1240
1241 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1242
1243 \(fn)" t nil)
1244
1245 ;;;***
1246 \f
1247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20891 18859
1248 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
1249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1250 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1251 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1252 Toggle Artist mode.
1253 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1254 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1255 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1256
1257 How to quit Artist mode
1258
1259 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1260
1261
1262 How to submit a bug report
1263
1264 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1265
1266
1267 Drawing with the mouse:
1268
1269 mouse-2
1270 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1271 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1272 below).
1273
1274 mouse-1
1275 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1276 or pastes:
1277
1278 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1281 to new point
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1298 lines
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Paste Paste Paste
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308
1309 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1310 or diagonally.
1311
1312 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1313 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1314 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1315 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1316 poly-lines.
1317
1318 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1319 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1320 overwrite means the opposite.
1321
1322 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1323 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1324 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1325
1326 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1327
1328 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1329 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1330
1331 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1332 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1333 are currently drawing something.
1334
1335 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1336 some time to fill.
1337
1338
1339 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1340 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1341
1342
1343 Settings
1344
1345 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1346
1347 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1348
1349 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1350
1351 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1352
1353 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1354 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1355
1356 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1357
1358
1359 Drawing with keys
1360
1361 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1362 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1363 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1364 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1365 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1366 When pasting: Pastes
1367
1368 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1369
1370 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1371
1372 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1373 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1374 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1375 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1376 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1377 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1378
1379
1380 Arrows
1381
1382 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1383 of the line/poly-line
1384
1385 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1386 of the line/poly-line
1387
1388
1389 Selecting operation
1390
1391 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1392
1393 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1394 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1396 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1397 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1398 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1400 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1410 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1412 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1413
1414
1415 Variables
1416
1417 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1418 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1419
1420 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1421 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1422 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1423 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1424 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1425 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1426 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1427 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1428 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1429 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1430 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1431 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1433 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1434 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1435 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1436 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1437 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1438 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1439
1440 Hooks
1441
1442 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1443
1444
1445 Keymap summary
1446
1447 \\{artist-mode-map}
1448
1449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1450
1451 ;;;***
1452 \f
1453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709 26818
1454 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
1455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1456
1457 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1458 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1459 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1460
1461 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1462 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1465
1466 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1467 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1468
1469 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1470 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1471
1472 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1473
1474 Special commands:
1475 \\{asm-mode-map}
1476
1477 \(fn)" t nil)
1478
1479 ;;;***
1480 \f
1481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (20953
1482 ;;;;;; 16424 151515 0))
1483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1484
1485 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1486 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1487 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1488 let-binding.")
1489
1490 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1491
1492 ;;;***
1493 \f
1494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (20709 26818 907104
1495 ;;;;;; 0))
1496 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1497
1498 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1499 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1500 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1501
1502 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1503
1504 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1505 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1507 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1508 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1509
1510 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1511 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1512 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1513 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1514 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1515 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1516 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1517 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1518
1519 For example:
1520 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1521 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1523 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1524 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1525
1526 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1527
1528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1529
1530 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1531 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1532 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1535 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1536
1537 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1538
1539 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1540 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1544
1545 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1546 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1547 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1548
1549 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1550
1551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1552
1553 ;;;***
1554 \f
1555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (20874 62962
1556 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
1557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1558
1559 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1560 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1561
1562 \(fn)" t nil)
1563
1564 ;;;***
1565 \f
1566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20950 40231 187426
1567 ;;;;;; 0))
1568 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1569
1570 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1571 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1572 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1573
1574 \(fn)" t nil)
1575
1576 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1579 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1580
1581 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1582
1583 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1584 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1585 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1587 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1588 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1589
1590 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1591
1592 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1593 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1594 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1595 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1596 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1597
1598 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1599 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1600
1601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1602
1603 ;;;***
1604 \f
1605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (20974
1606 ;;;;;; 22577 548213 0))
1607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1608
1609 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1614 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1615 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1616
1617 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1618 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1619 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1620 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1621 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1622
1623 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1624
1625 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1626
1627 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1628 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1629 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1630 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1631 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1632
1633 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1634 directory or directories specified.
1635
1636 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1637 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1638 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1639 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1640 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1641 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1642
1643 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1644
1645 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1646 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1647 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1648 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1649 should be non-nil).
1650
1651 \(fn)" nil nil)
1652
1653 ;;;***
1654 \f
1655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20987 34598 970563
1656 ;;;;;; 0))
1657 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1658
1659 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1660 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1662 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1663 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1664
1665 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1666 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1667 disk changes.
1668
1669 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1670 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1671 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1672
1673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1674
1675 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1676 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1677
1678 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1679 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1680
1681 \(fn)" nil nil)
1682
1683 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1684 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1686 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1687 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1688
1689 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1690 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1691 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1692 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1693 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1694
1695 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1696 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1697 writing before you save the file!
1698
1699 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1700
1701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1702
1703 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1704 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1705
1706 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1707 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1708
1709 \(fn)" nil nil)
1710
1711 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1712 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1713 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1716 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1717
1718 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1719
1720 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1721 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1723 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1724 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1725
1726 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1727 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1728 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1729
1730 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1731 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1732 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1733 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1734 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1735
1736 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1737 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1738 specifies in the mode line.
1739
1740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1741
1742 ;;;***
1743 \f
1744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21024 28968 738399 0))
1745 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1746
1747 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1748 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1749 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1751 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1752
1753 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1754
1755 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1756 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1757 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1758 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1759
1760 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1761 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1762 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1763
1764 Effects of the different modes:
1765 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1766 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1767 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1768 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1769 a random distance & direction.
1770 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1771 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1772 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1773
1774 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1775
1776 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1777 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1778 definition of \"random distance\".)
1779
1780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1781
1782 ;;;***
1783 \f
1784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21024 28968
1785 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
1786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1787
1788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1789
1790 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1791 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1792
1793 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1794 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1795 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1796
1797 \\{bat-mode-map}
1798
1799 \(fn)" t nil)
1800
1801 ;;;***
1802 \f
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
1804 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1805 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1806
1807 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1808 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1809 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1810 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1811
1812 \(fn)" t nil)
1813
1814 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1815 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1816 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1819 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1820
1821 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1822
1823 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1824 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1826 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1827 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1828
1829 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1830 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1831 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1832 seconds.
1833
1834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1835
1836 ;;;***
1837 \f
1838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709
1839 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1841
1842 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1843 Time execution of FORMS.
1844 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1845 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1846 FORMS once.
1847 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1848 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1849 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1850
1851 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1852
1853 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1854
1855 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1856 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1857 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1858 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1859 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1860
1861 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1862
1863 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1864
1865 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1866 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1867 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1868 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1869 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1870
1871 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1872
1873 ;;;***
1874 \f
1875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20937 28198
1876 ;;;;;; 475168 0))
1877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1878
1879 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1880 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1881 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1882 of corresponding buffers.
1883 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1884 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1885 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1886 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1887 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1888
1889 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1890 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1891 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1892
1893 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1894
1895 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1896 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1897
1898 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1899
1900 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1901 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1902 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1903 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1904
1905 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1906 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1907 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1908 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1909 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1910
1911 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1912 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1913
1914
1915 Special information:
1916
1917 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1918
1919 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1920 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1921 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1922 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1923 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1924 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1925 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1926 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1928 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1929 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1930
1931 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1932 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1933 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1934 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1935 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1936 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1937 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1938 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1939
1940 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1941
1942 ----------------------------------------------------------
1943 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1944 if that value is non-nil.
1945
1946 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1947
1948 \(fn)" t nil)
1949
1950 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1951 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1952 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1953 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1954 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1955 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1956 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1957 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1958 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1959 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1960 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1961 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1962
1963 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1964
1965 ;;;***
1966 \f
1967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1968 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1969 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1970
1971 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1972 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1973
1974 \(fn)" t nil)
1975
1976 ;;;***
1977 \f
1978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (20709 26818 907104
1979 ;;;;;; 0))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1981
1982 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1983 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1984
1985 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1986 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1987 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1988
1989 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1990
1991 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1992 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1993
1994 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1995
1996 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1997 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1998
1999 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2000
2001 ;;;***
2002 \f
2003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20709 26818
2004 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2005 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2006
2007 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2008 Play blackbox.
2009 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2010
2011 What is blackbox?
2012
2013 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2014 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2015 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2016 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2017 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2018 your score.
2019
2020 Overview of play:
2021
2022 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2023 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2024 four.
2025
2026 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2027 movement keys.
2028
2029 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2030 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2031
2032 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2033 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2034
2035 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2036 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2037 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2038 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2039 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2040 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2041
2042 Details:
2043
2044 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2045
2046 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2047 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2048 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2049 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2050
2051 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2052 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2053 denoted by the letter `R'.
2054
2055 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2056 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2057 denoted by the letter `H'.
2058
2059 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2060 example.
2061
2062 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2063 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2064 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2065 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2066 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2067 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2068 ray.
2069
2070 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2071 degree deflection it causes.
2072
2073 1
2074 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2077 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2082 2 3
2083
2084 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2085 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2086
2087
2088 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2089 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2096
2097 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2098 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2099 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2100 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2101 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2102 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2103 emerging from the box.
2104
2105 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2106
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2112 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115
2116 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2117 a reflection.
2118
2119 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2120
2121 ;;;***
2122 \f
2123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (20998 4934 952905
2124 ;;;;;; 0))
2125 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2126 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2129
2130 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2131 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2132 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2133 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2134 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2135 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2136 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2137
2138 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2139 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2140 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2141
2142 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2143 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2144 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2145 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2146 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2147 recent one.
2148
2149 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2150 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2151 yank successive words.
2152
2153 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2154 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2155 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2156 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2157 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2158
2159 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2160 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2161 the list of bookmarks.)
2162
2163 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2164
2165 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2166 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2170 this.
2171
2172 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2173 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2174 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2175 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2176
2177 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2178 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2179
2180 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2181 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2182 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2183
2184 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2185
2186 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2187 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2188
2189 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2190
2191 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2192 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2193
2194 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2195 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2196 after a bookmark was set in it.
2197
2198 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2199
2200 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2201 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2202
2203 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2204 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2205
2206 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2207
2208 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2209
2210 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2211 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2212 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2213 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2214
2215 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2216 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2217 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2218
2219 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2220 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2221 name.
2222
2223 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2226 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2227 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2228
2229 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2230 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2231 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2232 this.
2233
2234 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2235
2236 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2237 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2238
2239 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2240 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2241 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2242 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2243 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2244 probably because we were called from there.
2245
2246 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2247
2248 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2249 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2250 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2251
2252 \(fn)" t nil)
2253
2254 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2255 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2256 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2257 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2258 \(second argument).
2259
2260 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2261 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2262 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2263 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2264 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2265
2266 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2267 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2268 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2269 `bookmark-default-file'.
2270
2271 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2272
2273 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2274 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2275 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2276 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2277 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2278 while loading.
2279
2280 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2281 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2282 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2283 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2284 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2285 explicitly.
2286
2287 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2288 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2289 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2290 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2291
2292 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2293
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2295 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2296 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2297 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2298 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2299
2300 \(fn)" t nil)
2301
2302 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2303
2304 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2305
2306 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2307 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2308
2309 \(fn)" t nil)
2310
2311 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2312
2313 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2314
2315 ;;;***
2316 \f
2317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20984 58408
2318 ;;;;;; 354075 0))
2319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2320
2321 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2322 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2323 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2324 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2325
2326 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2327 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2328 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2329 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2330 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2331
2332 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2333
2334 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2335 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2336 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2337 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2338 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2339 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2340
2341 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2342
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2345 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2346 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2347 narrowed.
2348
2349 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2350
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2352 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2353
2354 \(fn)" t nil)
2355
2356 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2358
2359 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2360
2361 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2364 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2365 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2366 first, if that exists.
2367
2368 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2369
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2372 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2373 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2374
2375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2379 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2380 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2381 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2382 to use.
2383
2384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2385
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2387 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2388 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2389 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2390
2391 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2392
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2397
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2400 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2401 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402
2403 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2404 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2405 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2406
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2414 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2415 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2416
2417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2418 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2419 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2420 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421
2422 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2423 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2424 new tab in an existing window instead.
2425
2426 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2427 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2428
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2430
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2433 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2434 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2435 Firefox.
2436
2437 When called interactively, if variable
2438 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2439 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2440 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442
2443 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2444 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2445 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2446
2447 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2448 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449
2450 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2451 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2452 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2453 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2454 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2455 URL in a new window.
2456
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2458
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2460 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2461 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2462 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2463 Chromium.
2464
2465 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2466
2467 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2468 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2469 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2470 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2471
2472 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2473 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2474 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2475 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476
2477 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2478 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2479 new tab in an existing window instead.
2480
2481 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2482 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2483
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2488
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2495
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505
2506 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2507 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2508
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2510 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2511 program is invoked according to the variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2513
2514 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2515 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2516 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2517 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518
2519 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2520 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2523
2524 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2525 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2526 Default to the URL around or before point.
2527
2528 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2529 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2530 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2531
2532 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2533 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2534 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2535 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536
2537 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2538 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2541
2542 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2543 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2544 Default to the URL around or before point.
2545
2546 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2547 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2548 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549
2550 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2551 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2554
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2557 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2558 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2559
2560 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2561
2562 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2563 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2564 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2565 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2566 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2567 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2568
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2570
2571 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2572 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2573 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2574 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2575 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2576
2577 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2578 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2579 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2580 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2581
2582 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2583 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2586
2587 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2588 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2589 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2590 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2591 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2592 current one.
2593
2594 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2595 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2596 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2597 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2598
2599 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2600 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2603
2604 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2605 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2606 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2607 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2608 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2609 don't offer a form of remote control.
2610
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2616
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2618
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2621 Default to the URL around the point.
2622
2623 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2624 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2625
2626 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2627 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2628
2629 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2630
2631 ;;;***
2632 \f
2633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
2634 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2635 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2636 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2637 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2638 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2639 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2640
2641 \(fn)" t nil)
2642
2643 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2644 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2645 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2646 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2647
2648 \(fn)" t nil)
2649
2650 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2651 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2652
2653 \(fn)" t nil)
2654
2655 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2656 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2657 \\<bs-mode-map>
2658 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2659 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2660 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2661 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2662
2663 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2664 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2665 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2666 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2667 name of buffer configuration.
2668
2669 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2670
2671 ;;;***
2672 \f
2673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20791 9657 561026
2674 ;;;;;; 0))
2675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2676
2677 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2678 Play Bubbles game.
2679 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2680 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2681 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2682 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2683 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2684 columns on its right towards the left.
2685
2686 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2687 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2690
2691 \(fn)" t nil)
2692
2693 ;;;***
2694 \f
2695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2696 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
2697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2698
2699 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2700
2701 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2702 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2704 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2705 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2706
2707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2708
2709 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2710 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2711
2712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2713
2714 ;;;***
2715 \f
2716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21024
2717 ;;;;;; 55496 462544 366000))
2718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2719 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2720 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722
2723 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2724
2725 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2726 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2727 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2728 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2729 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2730 else the global value will be modified.
2731
2732 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2733
2734 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2735 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2736 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2737 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2738 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2739 else the global value will be modified.
2740
2741 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2742
2743 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2744 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2745 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2746
2747 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2748
2749 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2750 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2751 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2753
2754 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2755 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2756 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2757 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2758 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2759 before scanning it.
2760
2761 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2762 that already has a `.elc' file.
2763
2764 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2765 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2766
2767 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2768 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2769 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2770 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2771 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2772 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2773
2774 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2775
2776 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2777 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2778 Print the result in the echo area.
2779 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2780
2781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2782
2783 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2784 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2785 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2786
2787 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2788
2789 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2790 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2791 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2792 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2793 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2794 all functions called by those functions.
2795
2796 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2797 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2798 cons, etc.).
2799
2800 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2801 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2802 invoked interactively.
2803
2804 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2805
2806 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2807 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2808 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2809 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2810
2811 \(fn)" nil nil)
2812
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2814 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2817 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2818 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2819 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2820 already up-to-date.
2821
2822 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2823
2824 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2825 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2826 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2827 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2828
2829 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2830 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2831 and corresponding effects.
2832
2833 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2834
2835 ;;;***
2836 \f
2837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21023
2838 ;;;;;; 8104 618865 0))
2839 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2840
2841 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2842
2843 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2844
2845 ;;;***
2846 \f
2847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2848 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2849 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2850
2851 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2852
2853 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 ;;;***
2858 \f
2859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (20709
2860 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2861 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2862
2863 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2864 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2865 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2866 from the cursor position.
2867
2868 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2869
2870 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2871
2872 ;;;***
2873 \f
2874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
2875 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2876 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2877
2878 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2879 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2880
2881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2882
2883 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2884 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2885
2886 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887
2888 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2890
2891 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2895
2896 \(fn)" t nil)
2897
2898 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2899 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2900 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2901 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2902
2903 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2904
2905 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2907 This is most useful in the X window system.
2908 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2909 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2910
2911 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2912
2913 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2914 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2915 See calc-keypad for details.
2916
2917 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2918
2919 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2920 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2921
2922 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2923
2924 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2925 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2926
2927 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2930 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2931
2932 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2935 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2936 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2937
2938 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2939
2940 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2941 Define Calc function.
2942
2943 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2944 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2945 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2946
2947 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2948 actual Lisp function name.
2949
2950 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2951
2952 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2953
2954 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2955
2956 ;;;***
2957 \f
2958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709 26818
2959 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2961
2962 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2963
2964
2965 \(fn N)" t nil)
2966
2967 ;;;***
2968 \f
2969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21024 28968 738399
2970 ;;;;;; 0))
2971 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2972
2973 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2974 Run the Emacs calculator.
2975 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2976
2977 \(fn)" t nil)
2978
2979 ;;;***
2980 \f
2981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20993 36675
2982 ;;;;;; 840108 928000))
2983 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2984
2985 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2986 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2987 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2988 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2989 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2990 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2991
2992 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2993 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2994 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2995 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2996 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2997 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2998 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2999 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3000 window.
3001
3002 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3003 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3004
3005 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3006 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3007 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3008 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3009 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3010 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3011
3012 Runs the following hooks:
3013
3014 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3015 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3016 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3017 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3018
3019 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3020
3021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3022
3023 ;;;***
3024 \f
3025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104
3026 ;;;;;; 0))
3027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3028
3029 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3030 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3031
3032 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3033
3034 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3035 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3036 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3037 it fails.
3038
3039 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3040
3041 ;;;***
3042 \f
3043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (20709
3044 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3046
3047 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3048 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3049 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3050 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3051 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3052
3053 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3054 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3055 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3056 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3057 restriction to ASCII.
3058
3059 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3060
3061 capitalizedWorDD
3062 ^ ^ ^^
3063
3064 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3065 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3066 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3067
3068 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3069 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3070 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3071 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3072 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3073 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3074 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3075
3076 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3077 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3078
3079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3080
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3084 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3086 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3087
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21023
3091 ;;;;;; 33771 640838 743000))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3093
3094 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3095 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3096
3097 \(fn)" nil nil)
3098
3099 ;;;***
3100 \f
3101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3102 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3104
3105 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3106 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3107
3108 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3109 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3110
3111 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3112 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3113
3114 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3115
3116 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3117 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3118 made from scratch.
3119
3120 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3121
3122 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3123 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3124
3125 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3126 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3127 made from scratch.
3128
3129 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3130
3131 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3132 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3133
3134 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3135
3136 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3137 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3138 made from scratch.
3139
3140 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3141
3142 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3143 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3144
3145 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3146 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3147 made from scratch.
3148
3149 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3150
3151 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3152 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3153
3154 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3155
3156 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3157 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3158 made from scratch.
3159
3160 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3161
3162 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3163 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3164
3165 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3166 variables are guessed:
3167
3168 * `c-basic-offset', and
3169 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3170 `c-offsets-alist'.
3171
3172 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3173 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3174
3175 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3176 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3177
3178 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3179 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3180 guess is made from scratch.
3181
3182 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3183 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3184
3185 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3186
3187 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3188 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3189 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3190 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3191
3192 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3193 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3194 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3195
3196 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3197
3198 ;;;***
3199 \f
3200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21022 34805
3201 ;;;;;; 23711 194000))
3202 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3203
3204 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3205 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3206 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3207 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3208 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3209 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3210 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3211
3212 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3215 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3221
3222 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3223 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3224 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3225 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3226 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3227 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3228
3229 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3230
3231 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3232 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3233
3234 Key bindings:
3235 \\{c-mode-map}
3236
3237 \(fn)" t nil)
3238
3239 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3240 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3241 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3242 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3243 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3244 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3245 message.
3246
3247 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3248
3249 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3250 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3251
3252 Key bindings:
3253 \\{c++-mode-map}
3254
3255 \(fn)" t nil)
3256 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3257
3258 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3261 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 message.
3265
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3267
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3270
3271 Key bindings:
3272 \\{objc-mode-map}
3273
3274 \(fn)" t nil)
3275 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3276
3277 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3278 Major mode for editing Java code.
3279 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3280 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3281 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3282 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3283 message.
3284
3285 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3286
3287 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3288 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3289
3290 Key bindings:
3291 \\{java-mode-map}
3292
3293 \(fn)" t nil)
3294 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3295
3296 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3297 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3298 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3299 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3300 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3301 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3302 message.
3303
3304 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3305
3306 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3307 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3308
3309 Key bindings:
3310 \\{idl-mode-map}
3311
3312 \(fn)" t nil)
3313 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3314 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3315
3316 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3317 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3318 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3319 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3320 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3321 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3322 message.
3323
3324 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3325
3326 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3327 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3328
3329 Key bindings:
3330 \\{pike-mode-map}
3331
3332 \(fn)" t nil)
3333 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3334 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3336 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3337 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3338 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3339
3340 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3341 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3342 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3343 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3344 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3345 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3346
3347 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3348
3349 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3350 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3351
3352 Key bindings:
3353 \\{awk-mode-map}
3354
3355 \(fn)" t nil)
3356
3357 ;;;***
3358 \f
3359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709
3360 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3362
3363 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3364 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3365 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3366 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3367
3368 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3369
3370 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3371 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3372 might get set too.
3373
3374 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3375 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3376 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3377 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3378 in this way.
3379
3380 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3381 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3382 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3383 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3384 a null operation.
3385
3386 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3387
3388 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3389 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3390 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3391 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3392
3393 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3394
3395 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3396 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3397 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3398
3399 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3400
3401 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3402 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3403 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3404 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3405 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3406
3407 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3408
3409 ;;;***
3410 \f
3411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20907 7082
3412 ;;;;;; 901087 0))
3413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3414 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3415 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3416 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3417
3418 ;;;***
3419 \f
3420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (20884 7264 412929
3421 ;;;;;; 442000))
3422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3423
3424 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3425 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3426
3427 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3428
3429 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3430 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3431
3432 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3433
3434 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3435 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3436
3437 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3438 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3439 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3440 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3441 execution.
3442
3443 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3444
3445 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3446
3447 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3448 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3449
3450 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3451 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3453 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3454
3455 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3456 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3457 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3458 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3459 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3460 `write' commands.
3461
3462 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3463 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3464 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3465 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3466
3467 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3468 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3469 semantics.
3470
3471 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3472
3473 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3474
3475 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3476
3477 STATEMENT :=
3478 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3479 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3480
3481 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3482 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3483 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3484 | integer
3485
3486 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3487
3488 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3489 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3490 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3491
3492 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3493 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3494 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3495
3496 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3497 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3498
3499 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3500 BREAK := (break)
3501
3502 REPEAT :=
3503 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3504 (repeat)
3505 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3506 ;; (repeat))
3507 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3508 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3509 ;; (read REG)
3510 ;; (repeat))
3511 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3512 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3513 ;; (read REG)
3514 ;; (repeat))
3515 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3516
3517 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3518 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3519 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3520 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3521 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3522 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3523 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3524 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3525 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3526 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3527 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3528 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3529 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3530 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3531 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3532 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3533
3534 WRITE :=
3535 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3536 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3537 ;; representation.
3538 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3539 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3540 ;; (write r7))
3541 | (write EXPRESSION)
3542 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3543 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3544 ;; representation.
3545 | (write integer)
3546 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3547 ;; buffer.
3548 | (write string)
3549 ;; Same as: (write string)
3550 | string
3551 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3552 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3553 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3554 ;; representation.
3555 | (write REG ARRAY)
3556 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3557 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3558 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3559 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3560 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3561 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3562
3563 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3564 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3565
3566 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3567 END := (end)
3568
3569 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3570 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3571 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3572
3573 ARG := REG | integer
3574
3575 OPERATOR :=
3576 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3577 + | - | * | / | %
3578
3579 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3580 | & | `|' | ^
3581
3582 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3583 | << | >>
3584
3585 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3586 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3587 | <8
3588
3589 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3590 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3591 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3592 | >8
3593
3594 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3595 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3596 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3597 | //
3598
3599 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3600 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3601
3602 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3603 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3604 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3605 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3606 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3607 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3608 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3609 | de-sjis
3610
3611 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3612 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3613 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3614 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3615 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3616 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3617 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3618 ;; byte of SJIS.
3619 | en-sjis
3620
3621 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3622 ;; Same meaning as C code
3623 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3624
3625 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3626 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3627 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3628 | <8=
3629
3630 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3631 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3632 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3633
3634 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3635 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3636 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3637 | //=
3638
3639 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3640
3641
3642 TRANSLATE :=
3643 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3644 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3645 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3646 LOOKUP :=
3647 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3648 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3649 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3650 MAP :=
3651 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3652 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3653 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3654 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3655 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3656 MAP-ID := integer
3657
3658 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3659
3660 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3661
3662 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3663 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3664 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3665 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3666 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3667 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3668
3669 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3670
3671 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3672 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3673 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3674
3675 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3676
3677 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3678
3679 ;;;***
3680 \f
3681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21021 52778
3682 ;;;;;; 175609 0))
3683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3684
3685 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3686 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3687 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3688 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3689
3690 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3691
3692 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3693
3694 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3695 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3696
3697 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3698
3699 ;;;***
3700 \f
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (20983 37555 279226
3702 ;;;;;; 0))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3704 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3705 ;;;***
3706 \f
3707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20958 34345
3708 ;;;;;; 952538 0))
3709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3710 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3711 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3712 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3713 There are no special keybindings by default.
3714
3715 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3716 to the action header.
3717
3718 \(fn)" t nil)
3719
3720 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3721 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3722 There are no special keybindings by default.
3723
3724 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3725 to the action header.
3726
3727 \(fn)" t nil)
3728
3729 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3730 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3731 on the buffer contents
3732
3733 \(fn)" nil nil)
3734
3735 ;;;***
3736 \f
3737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (20895 15912
3738 ;;;;;; 444844 0))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3740 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3741 ;;;***
3742 \f
3743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3744 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3746
3747 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3748 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3749 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3750
3751 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3752
3753 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3754 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3755 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3756
3757 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3758
3759 ;;;***
3760 \f
3761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20996
3762 ;;;;;; 49577 892030 0))
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3764 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)(put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3765 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3767 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3768 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3771 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3772
3773 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3774
3775
3776 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3779
3780 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3781 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3782 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3783 the users will view as each check is completed.
3784
3785 \(fn)" t nil)
3786
3787 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3788 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3789 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3790 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3791 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3792 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3793 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3794 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3795
3796 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3797
3798 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3799 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3800 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3801 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3802 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3803 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3804 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3805 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3806
3807 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3808
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3810 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3811 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3812 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3813 spacing are all verified.
3814
3815 \(fn)" t nil)
3816
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3818 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3819 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3820 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3821 otherwise stop after the first error.
3822
3823 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3824
3825 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3826 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3827 Only documentation strings are checked.
3828 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3829 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3830 a separate buffer.
3831
3832 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3835 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3836 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3837 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3838 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3839
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3841
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3843 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3844 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3845 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3846 if there is one.
3847
3848 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3849
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3851 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3852 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3853 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3854 if there is one.
3855 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3856
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3858
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3860 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3861 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3862
3863 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3864
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3866 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3867 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3868 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3869 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3870
3871 \(fn)" t nil)
3872
3873 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3874 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3875 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3876 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3877 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3878 space at the end of each line.
3879
3880 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3881
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3883 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3884 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3885 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3886
3887 \(fn)" t nil)
3888
3889 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3890 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3891 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3892 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3893
3894 \(fn)" t nil)
3895
3896 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3897 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3898 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3899 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3900
3901 \(fn)" t nil)
3902
3903 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3904 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3905 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3906 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3907
3908 \(fn)" t nil)
3909
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3911 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3912 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3913 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3914
3915 \(fn)" t nil)
3916
3917 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3918 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3919 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3920 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3921
3922 \(fn)" t nil)
3923
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3925 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3926 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3927 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3928
3929 \(fn)" t nil)
3930
3931 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3932 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3933 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3934 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3935
3936 \(fn)" t nil)
3937
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3939 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3940 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3941 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3942
3943 \(fn)" t nil)
3944
3945 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3946 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3950
3951 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3952 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3953 checking of documentation strings.
3954
3955 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3956
3957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3958
3959 ;;;***
3960 \f
3961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (20799
3962 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
3963 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3964
3965 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3966 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3967 Return the length of resulting text.
3968
3969 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3970
3971 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3972 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3973
3974 \(fn)" t nil)
3975
3976 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3977 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3978 Return the length of resulting text.
3979
3980 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3981
3982 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3983 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3984
3985 \(fn)" t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3988
3989
3990 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3991
3992 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3993
3994
3995 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3996
3997 ;;;***
3998 \f
3999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (20709 26818 907104
4000 ;;;;;; 0))
4001 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4002
4003 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4004 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4005 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4006 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4007 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4008 editing and the result is evaluated.
4009
4010 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4011
4012 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4013 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4014 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4015 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4016 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4017
4018 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4019
4020 \(fn)" t nil)
4021
4022 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4023 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4024 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4025 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4026 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4027
4028 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4029 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4030 \\{command-history-map}
4031
4032 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4033 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4034
4035 \(fn)" t nil)
4036
4037 ;;;***
4038 \f
4039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (20879
4040 ;;;;;; 27694 495748 0))
4041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4042
4043 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4044 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4045 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4046 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4047 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4048 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4049 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4050 of this function.
4051
4052 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4053 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4054 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4055 property are:
4056
4057 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4058 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4059
4060 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4061 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4062 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4063 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4064 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4065 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4066 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4067 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4068 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4069 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4070 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4071 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4072
4073 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4074 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4075 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4076
4077 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4078 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4079 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4080 list elements are:
4081
4082 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4083
4084 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4085
4086 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4087
4088 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4089 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4090
4091 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4092 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4093
4094 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4095 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4096 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4097 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4098 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4099 value specified by their associated list element.
4100
4101 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4102
4103 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4104 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4105 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4106
4107 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4108 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4109 * indent the first argument by 4.
4110 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4111 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4112 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4113
4114 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4115
4116 ;;;***
4117 \f
4118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20998 4934
4119 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
4120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4121 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4122 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4123
4124 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4125 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4126 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4127 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4128 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4129 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4130
4131 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4132 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4133
4134 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4135
4136 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4137
4138 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4139
4140 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4141
4142 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4143
4144 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4145
4146 ;;;***
4147 \f
4148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (20709 26818
4149 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
4150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4151
4152 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4153 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4154 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4155 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4156
4157 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4158 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4159 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4160 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4161
4162 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4163 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4164
4165 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4166
4167 ;;;***
4168 \f
4169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20932 61699 522706
4170 ;;;;;; 0))
4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4172
4173 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4174 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4175 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4176 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4177 of `scheme-program-name').
4178 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4179 it is given as initial input.
4180 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4181 discards input when it starts up.
4182 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4183 is run).
4184 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4185
4186 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4187
4188 ;;;***
4189 \f
4190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
4191 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4192
4193 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4194 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4195 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4196 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4197
4198 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4199 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4200
4201 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4202 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4203 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4204
4205 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4206
4207 ;;;***
4208 \f
4209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21024 28968 738399 0))
4210 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4211
4212 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4213 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4214 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4215 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4216 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4217 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4218 functions have already modified the buffer.
4219
4220 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4221
4222 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4223 either globally or locally.")
4224
4225 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4226 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4227 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4228 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4229
4230 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4231 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4232 `start-file-process'
4233 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4234 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4235 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4236
4237 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4238 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4239
4240 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4241
4242 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4243
4244 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4245
4246 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4247 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4248 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4249 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4250 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4251 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4252 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4253 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4254 process as its initial input.
4255
4256 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4257
4258 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4259
4260 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4261
4262 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4263 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4264 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4265 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4266 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4267 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4268
4269 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4270
4271 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4272 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4273 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4274 directory tracking functions.")
4275
4276 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4277 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4278 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4279
4280 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4281
4282 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4283
4284 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4285 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4286 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4287
4288 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4289
4290 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4291
4292 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4293 Send COMMAND to current process.
4294 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4295 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4296
4297 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4298
4299 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4300 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4301 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4302 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4303
4304 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4305
4306 ;;;***
4307 \f
4308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (20992 52525
4309 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
4310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4311
4312 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4313 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4314 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4315 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4316
4317 This command pushes the mark in each window
4318 at the prior location of point in that window.
4319 If both windows display the same buffer,
4320 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4321 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4322
4323 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4324 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4325 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4326 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4327 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4328 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4329 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4330 ignored.
4331
4332 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4333 this command work in interlaced mode:
4334 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4335 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4336 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4337
4338 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4339
4340 ;;;***
4341 \f
4342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21002 1963
4343 ;;;;;; 769129 0))
4344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4345
4346 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4347 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4348
4349 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4350
4351 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4352 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4353 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4354
4355 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4356
4357 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4358 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4359 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4360
4361 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4362
4363 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4364 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4365 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4366 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4367 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4368
4369 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4370 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4371 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4372 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4373 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4374
4375 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4376 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4377 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4378 describing how the process finished.")
4379
4380 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4381 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4382 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4383 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4384 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4385
4386 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4387 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4388 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4389
4390 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4391
4392 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4393 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4394 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4395 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4396
4397 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4398
4399 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4400 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4401
4402 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4403 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4404
4405 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4406 (lambda ()
4407 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4408 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4409 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4410 (concat \"make -k \"
4411 (if buffer-file-name
4412 (shell-quote-argument
4413 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4414
4415 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4416 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4417
4418 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4419 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4420 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4421 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4422
4423 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4424
4425 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4426 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4427 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4428 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4429
4430 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4431 and move to the source code that caused it.
4432
4433 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4434 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4435
4436 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4437 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4438 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4439 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4440 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4441
4442 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4443 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4444 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4445 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4446
4447 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4448 kills its subprocesses.
4449
4450 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4451 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4452 to a function that generates a unique name.
4453
4454 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4455
4456 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4457 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4458 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4459 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4460
4461 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4462 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4463
4464 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4465 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4466 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4467 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4468
4469 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4470 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4471 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4472
4473 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4474
4475 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4476
4477 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4478 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4479 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4480 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4481 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4482
4483 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4484
4485 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4486
4487 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4488
4489 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4490
4491 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4492 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4493 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4494 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4495 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4496
4497 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4498 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4499 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4500 See `compilation-mode'.
4501
4502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4503
4504 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4505 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4507 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4508 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4509
4510 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4511 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4512 `compilation-mode'.
4513
4514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4515
4516 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4517 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4518 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4519
4520 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4521
4522 ;;;***
4523 \f
4524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (20999 25770 522517
4525 ;;;;;; 0))
4526 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4527
4528 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4529 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4530 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4532 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4533 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4534
4535 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4536
4537 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4538 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4539 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4540 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4541 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4542
4543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4544
4545 ;;;***
4546 \f
4547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (20791
4548 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
4549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4550
4551 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4552 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4553 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4554 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4555 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4556 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4557 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4558
4559 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4560 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4561 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4562
4563 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4564 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4565 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4566
4567 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4568 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4569 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4570 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4571
4572 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4573 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4574 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4575 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4576 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4577 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4578 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4579
4580 \\{conf-mode-map}
4581
4582 \(fn)" t nil)
4583
4584 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4585 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4586 Comments start with `#'.
4587 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4588
4589 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4590
4591 \[Desktop Entry]
4592 Encoding=UTF-8
4593 Name=The GIMP
4594 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4595 Name[cs]=GIMP
4596
4597 \(fn)" t nil)
4598
4599 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4600 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4601 Comments start with `;'.
4602 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4603
4604 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4605
4606 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4607 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4608 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4609
4610 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4611 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4612
4613 \(fn)" t nil)
4614
4615 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4616 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4617 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4618 between `/*' and `*/'.
4619 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4620
4621 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4622 // another kind of comment
4623 /* yet another */
4624
4625 name:value
4626 name=value
4627 name value
4628 x.1 =
4629 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4630 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4631
4632 \(fn)" t nil)
4633
4634 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4635 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4636 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4637 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4638 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4639 `conf-space-keywords'.
4640 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4641 in an interactive fashion instead.
4642
4643 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4644
4645 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4646
4647 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4648 image/png png
4649 image/tiff tiff tif
4650
4651 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4652 class desktop
4653 # Standard multimedia devices
4654 add /dev/audio desktop
4655 add /dev/mixer desktop
4656
4657 \(fn)" t nil)
4658
4659 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4660 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4661 See `conf-space-mode'.
4662
4663 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4664
4665 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4666 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4667 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4668 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4669
4670 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4671
4672 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4673 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4674
4675 \(fn)" t nil)
4676
4677 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4679 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4681
4682 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4683
4684 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4685 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4686
4687 \(fn)" t nil)
4688
4689 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4690 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4691 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4692 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4693
4694 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4695
4696 *background: gray99
4697 *foreground: black
4698
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4700
4701 ;;;***
4702 \f
4703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20932 61824 204300
4704 ;;;;;; 748000))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4706
4707 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4708 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4709 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4710 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4711 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4712 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4713
4714 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4715
4716 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4717 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4718 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4719 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4720
4721 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4722
4723 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4724 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4725 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4726 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4727
4728 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4729
4730 ;;;***
4731 \f
4732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20709
4733 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
4734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4735 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4736 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4737 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4738
4739 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4740 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4741 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4742 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4743 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4744 following the copyright are updated as well.
4745 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4746 interactively.
4747
4748 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4749
4750 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4751 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4752 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4753 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4754 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4755
4756 \(fn)" t nil)
4757
4758 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4759 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4760
4761 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4762
4763 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4764 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4765 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4766
4767 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4768
4769 ;;;***
4770 \f
4771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20929
4772 ;;;;;; 34089 117790 0))
4773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4774 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4775 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4776 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4777 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4778 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4779 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4780 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4781
4782 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4783 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4784 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4785 Tab indents for Perl code.
4786 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4787 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4788
4789 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4790 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4791 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4792 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4793 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4794 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4795 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4796 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4797 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4798 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4799 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4800 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4801
4802 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4803
4804 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4805 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4806
4807 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4808
4809 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4810 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4811 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4812 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4813 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4814 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4815 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4816 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4817 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4818
4819 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4820
4821 bite if angry;
4822
4823 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4824 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4825 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4826 to nil.)
4827
4828 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4829 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4830 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4831
4832 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4833
4834 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4835 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4836 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4837 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4838 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4839
4840 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4841
4842 if (A) { B }
4843
4844 into
4845
4846 B if A;
4847
4848 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4849
4850 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4851 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4852 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4853 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4854 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4855 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4856 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4857 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4858 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4859 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4860 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4861 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4862 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4863
4864 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4865 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4866 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4867 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4868 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4869 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4870
4871 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4872 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4873 man via menu.
4874
4875 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4876 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4877 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4878 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4879 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4880
4881 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4882 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4883 span the needed amount of lines.
4884
4885 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4886 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4887 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4888 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4889
4890 Variables controlling indentation style:
4891 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4892 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4893 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4894 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4895 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4896 `cperl-auto-newline'
4897 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4898 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4899 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4900 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4901 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4902 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4903 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4904 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4905 `cperl-indent-level'
4906 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4907 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4908 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4909 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4910 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4911 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4912 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4913 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4914 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4915 `cperl-brace-offset'
4916 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4917 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4918 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4919 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4920 `cperl-label-offset'
4921 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4922 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4923 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4924
4925 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4926 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4927 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4928 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4929 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4930 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4931
4932 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4933 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4934 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4935 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4936
4937 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4938 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4939 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4940 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4941 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4942 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4943 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4944
4945 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4946 column 0 is indented on
4947 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4948
4949 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4950 with no args.
4951
4952 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4953 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4954 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4955
4956 \(fn)" t nil)
4957
4958 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4959 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4960
4961 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4962
4963 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4964 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4965
4966 \(fn)" t nil)
4967
4968 ;;;***
4969 \f
4970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (20874 65006 672942
4971 ;;;;;; 217000))
4972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4973
4974 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4975 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4976 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4977 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4978 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4979
4980 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4981
4982 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4983 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4984
4985 \(fn)" t nil)
4986
4987 ;;;***
4988 \f
4989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (20709 26818 907104
4990 ;;;;;; 0))
4991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4992
4993 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4994 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4995 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4996 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4997
4998 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4999 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5000
5001 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5002
5003 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5004 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5005 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5006 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5007 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5008
5009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5010
5011 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5012
5013 ;;;***
5014 \f
5015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (20825 24233 991089
5016 ;;;;;; 0))
5017 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5018
5019 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5020 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5021 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5022 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5023
5024 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5025 a prespecified separator regexp. For example, if the separator
5026 regexp is \",\", the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5027 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5028
5029 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5030 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator regexp may be
5031 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5032
5033 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5034 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5035 'bob', and 'eve'.
5036
5037 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5038 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5039 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5040
5041 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5042 with empty strings removed.
5043
5044 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5045 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5046 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5047
5048 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5049
5050 ;;;***
5051 \f
5052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21024 28968
5053 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
5054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5055
5056 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5057 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5058
5059 \(fn)" t nil)
5060
5061 ;;;***
5062 \f
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (20992 52525
5064 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5066
5067 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5068 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5069 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5070 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5071 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5072 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5073
5074 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5075
5076 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5077 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5079 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5080 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5081
5082 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5083 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5084 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5085 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5086 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5087 normal function of these prefix keys.
5088
5089 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5090 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5091 options:
5092 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5093 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5094 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5095
5096 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5097 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5098 the prefix fallback behavior.
5099
5100 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5101 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5102 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5103 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5104
5105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5106
5107 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5108 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5109
5110 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5111
5112 ;;;***
5113 \f
5114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21024 28968 738399
5115 ;;;;;; 0))
5116 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5117
5118 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5119 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5120
5121 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5122
5123 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5124 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5125
5126 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5127
5128 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5129 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5130
5131 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5132
5133 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5134 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5135
5136 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5137 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5138
5139 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5140 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5141
5142 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5143
5144 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5145
5146 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5147 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5148 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5149
5150 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5151 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5152
5153 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5154 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5155
5156 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5157 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5158
5159 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5160
5161 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5162
5163 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5164 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5165 Return VALUE.
5166
5167 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5168 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5169
5170 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5171 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5172
5173 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5174 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5175
5176 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5177
5178 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5179
5180 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5181 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5182 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5183 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5184
5185 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5186 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5187 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5188
5189 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5190
5191 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5192 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5193 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5194 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5195 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5196
5197 \(fn)" t nil)
5198
5199 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5200 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5201 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5202 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5203
5204 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5205
5206 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5207 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5208 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5209
5210 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5211
5212 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5213 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5214
5215 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5216
5217 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5218
5219 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5220 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5221
5222 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5223
5224 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5225
5226 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5227 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5228 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5229
5230 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5231
5232 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5233 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5234 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5235 as part of Emacs itself.
5236
5237 Each elements looks like this:
5238
5239 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5240
5241 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5242 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5243 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5244 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5245 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5246 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5247 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5248 and `defface'.
5249
5250 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5251
5252 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5253 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5254 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5255 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5256 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5257
5258 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5259 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5260 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5261 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5262
5263 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5264
5265 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5267 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5268 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5269 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5270 release.
5271
5272 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5273 that were added or redefined since that version.
5274
5275 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5276
5277 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5278 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5279 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5280 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5281
5282 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5283
5284 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5285 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5286
5287 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5288
5289 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5290 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5291 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5292
5293 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5294 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5295
5296 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5297
5298 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5300
5301 \(fn)" t nil)
5302
5303 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5305
5306 \(fn)" t nil)
5307
5308 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5309 Customize all saved options and faces.
5310
5311 \(fn)" t nil)
5312
5313 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5314 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5315 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5316 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5317 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5318 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5319
5320 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5321 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5322 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5323
5324 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5325
5326 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5327 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5328
5329 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5330
5331 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5332 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5333
5334 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5335
5336 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5337 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5338
5339 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5340
5341 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5342 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5343 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5344 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5345 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5346 that option.
5347
5348 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5349
5350 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5351 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5352 The result includes selecting that window.
5353 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5354 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5355 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5356 that option.
5357
5358 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5359
5360 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5361 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5362
5363 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5364
5365 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5366 File used for storing customization information.
5367 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5368 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5369 it should be an absolute file name.
5370
5371 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5372 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5373 something like the following in your init file:
5374
5375 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5376 \(load custom-file)
5377
5378 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5379 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5380
5381 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5382 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5383 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5384 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5385 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5386
5387 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5388 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5389 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5390 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5391 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5392 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5393 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5394 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5395 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5396 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5397
5398 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5399
5400 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5401 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5402
5403 \(fn)" nil nil)
5404
5405 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5406 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5407
5408 \(fn)" t nil)
5409
5410 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5411 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5412 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5413
5414 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5415
5416 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5417 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5418 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5419 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5420 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5421
5422 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5423
5424 ;;;***
5425 \f
5426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20841 12463 538770
5427 ;;;;;; 0))
5428 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5429
5430 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5431 Create or edit a custom theme.
5432 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5433 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5434 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5435 from the Custom save file.
5436 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5437 named *Custom Theme*.
5438
5439 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5440
5441 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5442 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5443
5444 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5445
5446 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5447 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5448
5449 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5450
5451 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5452 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5453 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5454 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5455
5456 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5457
5458 ;;;***
5459 \f
5460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (20709 26818
5461 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5462 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5463
5464 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5465 Mode used for cvs status output.
5466
5467 \(fn)" t nil)
5468
5469 ;;;***
5470 \f
5471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20709 26818 907104
5472 ;;;;;; 0))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5474 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5475 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5476 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5477
5478 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5479
5480 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5481 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5482 C++ modes are included.
5483
5484 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5485 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5486 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5487
5488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5489
5490 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5491
5492 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5493 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5494 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5495 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5496 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5497 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5498
5499 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5500
5501 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5502 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5503 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5504 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5505 ARG is omitted or nil.
5506
5507 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5508 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5509 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5510
5511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5512
5513 ;;;***
5514 \f
5515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (20826
5516 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5518
5519 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5520 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5521
5522 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5523
5524 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5525 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5526
5527 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5528
5529 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5530 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5531 For readability, the table is slightly
5532 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5533
5534 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5535 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5536 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5537 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5538 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5539
5540 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5541
5542 ;;;***
5543 \f
5544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (20992 52525 458637
5545 ;;;;;; 0))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5547 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5548 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5549 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5550 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5551
5552 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5553 Completion on current word.
5554 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5555 and presents suggestions for completion.
5556
5557 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5558 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5559 completions.
5560
5561 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5562 then it searches *all* buffers.
5563
5564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5565
5566 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5567 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5568
5569 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5570 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5571 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5572 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5573 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5574
5575 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5576 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5577
5578 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5579 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5580 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5581
5582 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5583 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5584
5585 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5586
5587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5588
5589 ;;;***
5590 \f
5591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (20938 49065
5592 ;;;;;; 383398 0))
5593 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5594
5595 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5596 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5597
5598 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5599
5600 ;;;***
5601 \f
5602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
5603 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5604
5605 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5606 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5607 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5608 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5609 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5610
5611 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5612
5613 ;;;***
5614 \f
5615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763 30266
5616 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
5617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5618
5619 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5620 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5621
5622 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5623 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5624 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5625
5626 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5627 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5628 Data lines are not indented.
5629
5630 Key bindings:
5631
5632 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5633 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5634
5635 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5636 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5637 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5638 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5639
5640 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5641
5642 dcl-basic-offset
5643 Extra indentation within blocks.
5644
5645 dcl-continuation-offset
5646 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5647
5648 dcl-margin-offset
5649 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5650
5651 dcl-margin-label-offset
5652 Indentation for a label.
5653
5654 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5655 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5656
5657 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5658 dcl-block-end-regexp
5659 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5660 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5661 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5662 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5663 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5664
5665 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5666 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5667 Two such functions are included in the package:
5668 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5669 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5670
5671 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5672 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5673 One such function is included in the package:
5674 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5675
5676 dcl-tab-always-indent
5677 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5678 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5679 margin.
5680
5681 dcl-electric-characters
5682 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5683 typed.
5684
5685 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5686 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5687 which words trigger electric indentation.
5688
5689 dcl-tempo-comma
5690 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5691 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5692 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5693
5694 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5695 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5696 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5697 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5698
5699 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5700 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5701 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5702 dcl-imenu-label-call
5703 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5704
5705 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5706 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5707 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5708 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5709
5710
5711 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5712
5713 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5714 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5715 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5716 $ i = 1
5717 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5718 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5719 $ label:
5720 $ if i.eq.1
5721 $ then
5722 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5723 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5724 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5725 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5726 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5727 \"lined up with the command line\"
5728 $ type sys$input
5729 Data lines are not indented at all.
5730 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5731 $ endif
5732 $
5733
5734
5735 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5736 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5737
5738 \(fn)" t nil)
5739
5740 ;;;***
5741 \f
5742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21005 64551
5743 ;;;;;; 555603 0))
5744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5745
5746 (setq debugger 'debug)
5747
5748 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5749 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5750 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5751 of the evaluator.
5752
5753 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5754 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5755 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5756
5757 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5758
5759 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5760 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5761
5762 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5763
5764 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5765 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5766 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5767 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5768 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5769 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5770
5771 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5772 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5773
5774 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5775
5776 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5777 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5778 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5779 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5780 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5781
5782 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5783
5784 ;;;***
5785 \f
5786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (20709 26818
5787 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5789
5790 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5791 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5792
5793 \(fn)" t nil)
5794
5795 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5796 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5797 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5798 Upper-case letters are commands.
5799
5800 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5801 modify it.
5802
5803 The most useful commands are:
5804 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5805 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5806 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5807 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5808 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5809 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5810
5811 \(fn)" t nil)
5812
5813 ;;;***
5814 \f
5815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709 26818 907104
5816 ;;;;;; 0))
5817 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5818 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5819 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5820 Customization of `columns' group.
5821
5822 \(fn)" t nil)
5823
5824 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5825 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5826
5827 START and END delimits the text region.
5828
5829 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5830
5831 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5832 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5833
5834 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5835
5836 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5837
5838 ;;;***
5839 \f
5840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5841 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5842
5843 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5844
5845 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5846 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5847 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5850 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5851
5852 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5853
5854 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5855 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5856 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5857 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5858 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5859
5860 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5861 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5862 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5863 any selection.
5864
5865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5866
5867 ;;;***
5868 \f
5869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20900 33838
5870 ;;;;;; 319219 0))
5871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5872
5873 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5874 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5875
5876 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5877
5878 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5879 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5880 or nil if there is no parent.
5881 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5882 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5883 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5884 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5885 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5886
5887 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5888 arguments are currently understood:
5889 :group GROUP
5890 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5891 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5892 :syntax-table TABLE
5893 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5894 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5895 :abbrev-table TABLE
5896 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5897 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5898
5899 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5900
5901 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5902
5903 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5904 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5905 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5906
5907 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5908 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5909
5910 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5911 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5912 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5913
5914 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5915 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5916
5917 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5918 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5919
5920 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5921
5922 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5923
5924 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5925
5926 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5927 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5928 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5929 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5930 the first time the mode is used.
5931
5932 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5933
5934 ;;;***
5935 \f
5936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21024 28968 738399
5937 ;;;;;; 0))
5938 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5939
5940 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5941 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5942 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5943 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5944 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5945 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5946 otherwise.
5947
5948 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5949
5950 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5951 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5952 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5953 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5954
5955 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5956 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5957 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5958
5959 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5960 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5961 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5962 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5963 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5964 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5965 relevant to POS.
5966
5967 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5968
5969 ;;;***
5970 \f
5971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21005 64551 555603
5972 ;;;;;; 0))
5973 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5974
5975 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5976 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5977 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5978
5979 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5980
5981 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5982 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
5984 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
5985 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5986
5987 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5988 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
5989 `desktop-read' for details.
5990
5991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5992
5993 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5994 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5995 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5996 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5997
5998 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5999
6000 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6001 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6002
6003 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6004 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6005 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6006
6007 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6008 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6009
6010 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6011 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6012 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6013
6014 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6015 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6016 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6017 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6018
6019 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6020
6021 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6022 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6023
6024 Handlers are called with argument list
6025
6026 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6027
6028 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6029
6030 desktop-file-version
6031 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6032 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6033 desktop-buffer-point
6034 desktop-buffer-mark
6035 desktop-buffer-read-only
6036 desktop-buffer-locals
6037
6038 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6039 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6040
6041 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6042 code like
6043
6044 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6045 ...
6046 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6047 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6048
6049 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6050
6051 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6052
6053 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6054 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6055 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6056 List elements must have the form
6057
6058 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6059
6060 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6061 function.
6062
6063 Handlers are called with argument list
6064
6065 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6066
6067 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6068
6069 desktop-file-version
6070 desktop-buffer-file-name
6071 desktop-buffer-name
6072 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6073 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6074 desktop-buffer-point
6075 desktop-buffer-mark
6076 desktop-buffer-read-only
6077 desktop-buffer-misc
6078
6079 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6080 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6081 created and set.
6082
6083 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6084 code like
6085
6086 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6087 ...
6088 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6089 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6090
6091 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6092
6093 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6094
6095 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6096
6097 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6098 Empty the Desktop.
6099 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6100 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6101 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6102 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6103 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6104 if different).
6105
6106 \(fn)" t nil)
6107
6108 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6109 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6110 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6111 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6112 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6113 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6114
6115 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6116
6117 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6118 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6119 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6120
6121 \(fn)" t nil)
6122
6123 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6124 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6125 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6126 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6127 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6128 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6129 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6130 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6131
6132 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6133
6134 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6135 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6136 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6137
6138 \(fn)" nil nil)
6139
6140 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6141
6142 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6143 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6144 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6145 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6146 directory DIRNAME.
6147
6148 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6149
6150 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6151 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6152
6153 \(fn)" t nil)
6154
6155 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6156 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6157
6158 \(fn)" t nil)
6159
6160 ;;;***
6161 \f
6162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20791 9657 561026
6163 ;;;;;; 0))
6164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6165
6166 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6167 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6168 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6169 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6170 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6171 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6172
6173 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6174
6175 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6176 Repair a broken attribution line.
6177 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6178
6179 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6180
6181 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6182 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6183 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6184 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6185
6186 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6187
6188 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6189 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6190
6191 \(fn)" t nil)
6192
6193 ;;;***
6194 \f
6195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20992
6196 ;;;;;; 52525 458637 0))
6197 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6198
6199 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6200 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6201 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6202 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6203 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6204
6205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6206
6207 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6208 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6209 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6210 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6211
6212 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6213 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6214 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6215 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6216
6217 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6218 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6219
6220 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6221 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6222 calendar-date-style 'european
6223 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6224
6225 \(diary-mail-entries)
6226
6227 # diary-rem.el ends here
6228
6229 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6230
6231 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6232 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6233
6234 \(fn)" t nil)
6235
6236 ;;;***
6237 \f
6238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
6239 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6240
6241 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6242 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6243
6244 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6245
6246 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6247 The command to use to run diff.")
6248
6249 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6250
6251 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6252 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6253 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6254 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6255 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6256 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6257
6258 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6259 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6260 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6261
6262 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6265 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6266 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6267 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6268 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6269 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6270
6271 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6272
6273 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6274 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6275
6276 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6277
6278 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6279 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6280 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6281
6282 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6283
6284 ;;;***
6285 \f
6286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (20814 53928
6287 ;;;;;; 50501 0))
6288 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6289
6290 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6291 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6292 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6293 normal diffs.
6294
6295 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6296 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6297 headers for you on-the-fly.
6298
6299 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6300 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6301 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6302
6303 \\{diff-mode-map}
6304
6305 \(fn)" t nil)
6306
6307 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6308 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6310 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6311 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6312
6313 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6314
6315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6316
6317 ;;;***
6318 \f
6319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6321
6322 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6323 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6324 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6325
6326 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6327
6328 ;;;***
6329 \f
6330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
6331 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6332
6333 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6334 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6335 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6336 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6337 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6338 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6339 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6340 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6341
6342 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6343
6344 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6345 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6346 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6347 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6348 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6349 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6350
6351 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6352 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6353 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6354 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6355 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6356 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6357 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6358 list of files to make directory entries for.
6359 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6360 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6361 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6362
6363 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6364
6365 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6366 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6367
6368 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6369 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6370
6371 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6372 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6373
6374 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6375 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6376
6377 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6378
6379 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6380 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6381
6382 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6383
6384 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6385 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6386 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6387 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6388 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6389 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6390 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6391 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6392 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6393 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6394 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6395 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6396 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6397 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6398 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6399 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6400 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6401 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6402 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6403 to see why something went wrong.
6404 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6405 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6406 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6407 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6408 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6409 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6410 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6411 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6412 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6413 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6414 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6415 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6416 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6417
6418 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6419 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6420 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6421 again for the directory tree.
6422
6423 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6424 for more info):
6425
6426 `dired-listing-switches'
6427 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6428 `dired-marker-char'
6429 `dired-del-marker'
6430 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6431 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6432 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6433 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6434
6435 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6436
6437 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6438 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6439 `dired-mode-hook'
6440 `dired-load-hook'
6441
6442 Keybindings:
6443 \\{dired-mode-map}
6444
6445 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6446 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6447
6448 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6449 Hide details in Dired mode.
6450
6451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6452
6453 ;;;***
6454 \f
6455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (20709 26818 907104
6456 ;;;;;; 0))
6457 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6458
6459 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6460 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6461 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6462 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6463 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6464
6465 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6466 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6467 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6468
6469 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6470 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6471 directory.
6472
6473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6474
6475 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6476 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6477 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6478 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6479 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6480 from `default-directory'.
6481
6482 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6483
6484 ;;;***
6485 \f
6486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709 26818
6487 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6489
6490 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6491 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6492 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6493 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6494 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6495 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6496
6497 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6498
6499 ;;;***
6500 \f
6501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20992 52525 458637
6502 ;;;;;; 0))
6503 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6504
6505 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6506 Return a new, empty display table.
6507
6508 \(fn)" nil nil)
6509
6510 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6511 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6512 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6513 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6514 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6515
6516 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6517
6518 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6519 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6520 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6521 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6522 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6523
6524 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6525
6526 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6527 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6528
6529 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6530
6531 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6532 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6533
6534 \(fn)" t nil)
6535
6536 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6537 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6538
6539 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6540 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6541
6542 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6543 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6544 byte.
6545
6546 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6547 in the default way after this call.
6548
6549 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6550
6551 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6552 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6553
6554 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6555
6556 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6557 Display character C using printable string S.
6558
6559 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6560
6561 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6562 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6563 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6564 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6565
6566 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6567
6568 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6569 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6570 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6571 X frame.
6572
6573 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6574
6575 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6576 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6577
6578 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6579
6580 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6581 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6582
6583 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6584
6585 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6586 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6587
6588 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6589
6590 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6591 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6592
6593 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6594
6595 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6596 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6597
6598 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6599
6600 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6601 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6602
6603 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6604 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6605
6606 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6607 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6608
6609 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6610 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6611 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6612 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6613
6614 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6615 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6616 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6617 in `.emacs'.
6618
6619 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6620
6621 ;;;***
6622 \f
6623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (20709 26818
6624 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6626
6627 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6628 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6629 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6630 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6631 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6632 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6633 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6634 Default is 2.
6635
6636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6637
6638 ;;;***
6639 \f
6640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6641 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6642
6643 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6644 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6645 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6646 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6647 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6648 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6649 private or ask).
6650 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6651 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6652 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6653 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6654 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6655
6656 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6657
6658 ;;;***
6659 \f
6660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818
6661 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6663
6664 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6665 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6666 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6667 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6668 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6669 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6670 table and its own syntax table.
6671
6672 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6673
6674 \(fn)" t nil)
6675 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6676
6677 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6678 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6679
6680 \(fn)" t nil)
6681
6682 ;;;***
6683 \f
6684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20992 52525 458637
6685 ;;;;;; 0))
6686 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6687
6688 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6689 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6690 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6691 OpenDocument format).
6692
6693 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6694
6695 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6696 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6697
6698 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6699 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6700
6701 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6702 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6703 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6704
6705 \(fn)" t nil)
6706
6707 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6708 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6709 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6710 to the next best mode.
6711
6712 \(fn)" nil nil)
6713
6714 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6715 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6717 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6718 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6719
6720 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6721
6722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6723
6724 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6725
6726
6727 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6728
6729 ;;;***
6730 \f
6731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818 907104
6732 ;;;;;; 0))
6733 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6734
6735 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6736 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6737
6738 \(fn)" t nil)
6739
6740 ;;;***
6741 \f
6742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6743 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6744
6745 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6746 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6748 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6749 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6750
6751 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6752 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6753
6754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6755
6756 ;;;***
6757 \f
6758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20900 33838 319219
6759 ;;;;;; 0))
6760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6761 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6762 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6763 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6764
6765 \(fn)" t nil)
6766
6767 ;;;***
6768 \f
6769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20992
6770 ;;;;;; 52525 458637 0))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6772
6773 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6774
6775 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6776 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6777 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6778 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6779 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6780
6781 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6782 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6783 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6784 and disables it otherwise.
6785
6786 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6787 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6788 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6789 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6790
6791 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6792 documenting what its argument does.
6793
6794 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6795 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6796 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6797 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6798 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6799 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6800 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6801 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6802
6803 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6804 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6805 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6806 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6807 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6808 mode is global):
6809
6810 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6811 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6812 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6813 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6814 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6815 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6816 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6817 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6818 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6819 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6820 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6821 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6822 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6823 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6824 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6825 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6826 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6827 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6828 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6829 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6830 in :variable).
6831
6832 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6833 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6834
6835 For example, you could write
6836 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6837 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6838 ...BODY CODE...)
6839
6840 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6841
6842 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6843
6844 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6845
6846 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6847
6848 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6849 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6850 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6851 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6852 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6853 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6854 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6855 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6856 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6857 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6858 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6859 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6860
6861 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6862 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6863 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6864 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6865 call another major mode in their body.
6866
6867 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6868 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6869 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6870
6871 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6872
6873 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6874
6875 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6876 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6877 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6878 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6879 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6880 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6881 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6882
6883 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6884
6885 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6886 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6887 :inherit Parent keymap.
6888 :group Ignored.
6889 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6890 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6891
6892 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6893
6894 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6895 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6896 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6897 the constant's documentation.
6898
6899 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6900
6901 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6902 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6903 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6904
6905 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6906
6907 ;;;***
6908 \f
6909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20709
6910 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
6911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6912
6913 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6914 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6915 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6916 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6917
6918 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6919 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6920 as a top-level menu bar item.
6921
6922 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6923 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6924 pairs:
6925
6926 :filter FUNCTION
6927 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6928 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6929 items to actually display.
6930
6931 :visible INCLUDE
6932 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6933 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6934 alias for `:visible'.
6935
6936 :active ENABLE
6937 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6938 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6939 an alias for `:active'.
6940
6941 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6942 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6943
6944 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6945
6946 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6947
6948 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6949 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6950
6951 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6952 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6953
6954 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6955
6956 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6957
6958 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6959 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6960
6961 :keys KEYS
6962 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6963 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6964 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6965 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6966
6967 :key-sequence KEYS
6968 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6969 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6970 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6971 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6972
6973 :active ENABLE
6974 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6975 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6976 alias for `:active'.
6977
6978 :visible INCLUDE
6979 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6980 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6981 `:visible'.
6982
6983 :label FORM
6984 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6985 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6986
6987 :suffix FORM
6988 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6989 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6990
6991 :style STYLE
6992 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6993 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6994 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6995
6996 :selected SELECTED
6997 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6998 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6999
7000 :help HELP
7001 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7002
7003 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7004 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7005 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7006
7007 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7008 MENU. This is a submenu.
7009
7010 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7011
7012 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7013
7014 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7015
7016
7017 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7018
7019 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7020 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7021 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7022 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7023
7024 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7025
7026 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7027 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7028 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7029 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7030 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7031 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7032
7033 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7034 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7035 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7036
7037 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7038 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7039 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7040
7041 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7042 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7043
7044 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7045
7046 ;;;***
7047 \f
7048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20709 26818
7049 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7051 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Customization for ebnf group.
7054
7055 \(fn)" t nil)
7056
7057 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7058 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7059
7060 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7061
7062 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7063 processed.
7064
7065 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7066
7067 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7068
7069 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7070 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7071
7072 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7073 killed after process termination.
7074
7075 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7076
7077 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7078
7079 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7080 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7081
7082 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7083 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7084 it to the printer.
7085
7086 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7087 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7088 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7089 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7090
7091 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7092
7093 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7094 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7095 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7096
7097 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7098
7099 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7100 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7101
7102 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7103
7104 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7105 processed.
7106
7107 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7108
7109 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7112 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7113
7114 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7115 killed after process termination.
7116
7117 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7118
7119 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7120
7121 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7122 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7123 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7124 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7125
7126 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7127
7128 \(fn)" t nil)
7129
7130 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7131 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7132 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7133
7134 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7135
7136 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7137
7138 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7139 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7140
7141 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7142
7143 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7144 processed.
7145
7146 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7147
7148 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7151 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7152
7153 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7154 killed after EPS generation.
7155
7156 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7157
7158 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7159
7160 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7161 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7162
7163 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7164 The EPS file name has the following form:
7165
7166 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7167
7168 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7169 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7170
7171 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7172 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7173 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7174 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7175 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7176
7177 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7178 files.
7179
7180 \(fn)" t nil)
7181
7182 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7183 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7184
7185 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7186 The EPS file name has the following form:
7187
7188 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7189
7190 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7191 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7192
7193 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7194 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7195 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7196 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7197 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7198
7199 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7200 files.
7201
7202 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7203
7204 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7205
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7208
7209 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7210
7211 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7212 are processed.
7213
7214 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7215
7216 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7217
7218 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7219 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7220
7221 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7222 killed after syntax checking.
7223
7224 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7225
7226 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7227
7228 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7229 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7230
7231 \(fn)" t nil)
7232
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7235
7236 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7237
7238 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7239 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7240
7241 \(fn)" nil nil)
7242
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7245
7246 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7247
7248 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7249
7250 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7252
7253 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7254
7255 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Delete style NAME.
7259
7260 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7261
7262 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7263
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7266
7267 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7268
7269 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7270
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Set STYLE as the current style.
7273
7274 Returns the old style symbol.
7275
7276 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7277
7278 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7279
7280 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7281 Reset current style.
7282
7283 Returns the old style symbol.
7284
7285 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7286
7287 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7288
7289 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7290 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7291
7292 Returns the old style symbol.
7293
7294 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7295
7296 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7297
7298 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7299
7300 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7301 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7302
7303 Returns the old style symbol.
7304
7305 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7306
7307 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7308
7309 \(fn)" t nil)
7310
7311 ;;;***
7312 \f
7313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20992 52525
7314 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7318 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7319 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7320 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7321 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7322 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7323
7324 Tree mode key bindings:
7325 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7326
7327 \(fn)" t nil)
7328
7329 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7330 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7331
7332 \(fn)" t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7335 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7336
7337 \(fn)" t nil)
7338
7339 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7340 View declaration of member at point.
7341
7342 \(fn)" t nil)
7343
7344 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7345 Find declaration of member at point.
7346
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7350 View definition of member at point.
7351
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7355 Find definition of member at point.
7356
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7358
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7360 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7361
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7363
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7365 View definition of member at point in other window.
7366
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7368
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7370 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7371
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7373
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7375 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7376
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7380 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7381
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7383
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7385 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7386
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7390 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7391 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7392 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7393 completion.
7394
7395 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7398 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7399 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7400 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7401
7402 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7405 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7406 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7407 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7408
7409 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7410
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7412 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7413 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7414
7415 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7418 Search for call sites of a member.
7419 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7420 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7421 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7422 looks like a function call to the member.
7423
7424 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7427 Move backward in the position stack.
7428 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7429
7430 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7433 Move forward in the position stack.
7434 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7435
7436 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7439 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7440
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7442
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7444 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7445
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7449 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7450 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7451 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7452
7453 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7454
7455 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7456 Display statistics for a class tree.
7457
7458 \(fn)" t nil)
7459
7460 ;;;***
7461 \f
7462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (20992 52525 458637
7463 ;;;;;; 0))
7464 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7465
7466 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7467 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7468 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7469 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7470 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7471 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7472 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7473
7474 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7475
7476 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7477 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7478 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7479 also has this effect.
7480 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7481 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7482 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7483 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7484 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7485 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7486 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7487 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7488 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7489 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7490
7491 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7492
7493 ;;;***
7494 \f
7495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (20709 26818 907104
7496 ;;;;;; 0))
7497 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7498
7499 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7500 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7501 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7502
7503 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7504
7505 ;;;***
7506 \f
7507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (20709 26818
7508 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7510
7511 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7512
7513
7514 \(fn)" nil nil)
7515
7516 ;;;***
7517 \f
7518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20908 27948 216644 0))
7519 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7520 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7521 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7522 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7523 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7525 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7526 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7527
7528 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7529
7530 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7531 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7532 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7533 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7534 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7535
7536 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7537 an EDE controlled project.
7538
7539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7540
7541 ;;;***
7542 \f
7543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el" (20709 26818
7544 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7545 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
7546 (push (purecopy '(dired 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7547 ;;;***
7548 \f
7549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
7550 ;;;;;; (20881 10343 547564 552000))
7551 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
7552 (push (purecopy '(project-am 0 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
7553 ;;;***
7554 \f
7555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20996 49577
7556 ;;;;;; 892030 0))
7557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7558
7559 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7560 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7561 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7562 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7563 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7564
7565 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7566 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7567 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7568 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7569
7570 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7571
7572 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7573 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7574 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7575 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7576
7577 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7578
7579 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7580 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7581 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7582 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7583
7584 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7585
7586 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7587
7588 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7589 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7590 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7591 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7592 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7593
7594 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7595 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7596 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7597 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7598 instrumented for Edebug.
7599
7600 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7601 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7602 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7603 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7604 already is one.)
7605
7606 \(fn)" t nil)
7607
7608 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7609 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7610
7611 \(fn)" t nil)
7612
7613 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7614 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7615
7616 \(fn)" t nil)
7617
7618 ;;;***
7619 \f
7620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
7621 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7622 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7623 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7625
7626 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7627
7628 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7629 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7630
7631 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7632
7633 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7634
7635 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7636
7637 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7638 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7639 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7640 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7641
7642 \(fn)" t nil)
7643
7644 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7645 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7646 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7647 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7648
7649 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7650
7651 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7652 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7653
7654 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7655
7656 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7657
7658 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7659 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7660
7661 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7662
7663 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7664
7665 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7666 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7667 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7668 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7669
7670 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7671
7672 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7673
7674 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7675 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7676 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7677 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7678
7679 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7680
7681 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7682
7683 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7684 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7685 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7686 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7687
7688 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7689
7690 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7691
7692 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7693 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7694 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7695 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7696
7697 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7698
7699 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7700
7701 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7702 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7703 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7704 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7705 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7706 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7707
7708 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7709
7710 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7711 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7712 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7713 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7714
7715 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7716
7717 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7718
7719 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7720 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7721 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7722 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7723
7724 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7725
7726 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7727
7728 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7729
7730 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7731 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7732 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7733 follows:
7734 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7735 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7736
7737 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7738
7739 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7740 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7741 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7742 follows:
7743 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7744 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7745
7746 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7747
7748 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7749 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7750 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7751 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7752 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7753
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7758 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7759 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7760 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7761 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7762
7763 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7764
7765 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7766
7767 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7768 Merge two files without ancestor.
7769
7770 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7771
7772 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7773 Merge two files with ancestor.
7774
7775 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7776
7777 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7778
7779 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7780 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7781
7782 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7783
7784 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7785 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7786
7787 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7788
7789 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7790 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7791 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7792 buffer.
7793
7794 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7795
7796 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7797 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7798 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7799 buffer.
7800
7801 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7802
7803 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7804 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7805 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7806 and don't ask the user.
7807 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7808 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7809
7810 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7813 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7814 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7815 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7816 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7817 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7818 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7819 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7820
7821 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7822
7823 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7824
7825 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7826
7827 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7828 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7829 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7830 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7831 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7832
7833 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7834
7835 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7838 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7839 When called interactively, displays the version.
7840
7841 \(fn)" t nil)
7842
7843 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7844 Display Ediff's manual.
7845 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7846
7847 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7848
7849 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7850
7851
7852 \(fn)" nil nil)
7853
7854 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7855
7856
7857 \(fn)" nil nil)
7858
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7860
7861
7862 \(fn)" nil nil)
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7865
7866
7867 \(fn)" nil nil)
7868
7869 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7870
7871
7872 \(fn)" nil nil)
7873
7874 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7875
7876
7877 \(fn)" nil nil)
7878
7879 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7880
7881
7882 \(fn)" nil nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7885
7886
7887 \(fn)" nil nil)
7888
7889 ;;;***
7890 \f
7891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (20992 52525
7892 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7893 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7894
7895 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7896
7897
7898 \(fn)" t nil)
7899
7900 ;;;***
7901 \f
7902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (20893 60586
7903 ;;;;;; 188550 0))
7904 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7905
7906 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7907 Display Ediff's registry.
7908
7909 \(fn)" t nil)
7910
7911 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7912
7913 ;;;***
7914 \f
7915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20992 52525
7916 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7918
7919 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7920 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7921 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7922 which see.
7923
7924 \(fn)" t nil)
7925
7926 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7927 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7928 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7929 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7930
7931 \(fn)" t nil)
7932
7933 ;;;***
7934 \f
7935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (20964 20753 310858
7936 ;;;;;; 446000))
7937 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7938 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7939 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7940 Edit a keyboard macro.
7941 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7942 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7943 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7944 its command name.
7945 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7946
7947 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7948
7949 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7950 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7951
7952 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7955 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7956
7957 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7958
7959 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7960 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7961 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7962 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7963 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7964 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7965
7966 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7967 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7968 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7969 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7970
7971 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7972
7973 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7974 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7975 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7976 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7977 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7978 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7979
7980 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7981
7982 ;;;***
7983 \f
7984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104
7985 ;;;;;; 0))
7986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7987
7988 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7989 Set scroll margins.
7990 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7991 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7992
7993 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7994
7995 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7996 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7997
7998 \(fn)" t nil)
7999
8000 ;;;***
8001 \f
8002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8004
8005 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8006 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8007 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8008 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8009 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8010 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8011 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8012
8013 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8014 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8015
8016 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8017 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8018 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8019 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8020
8021 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8022 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8023 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8024
8025 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8026 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8027 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8028
8029 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8030
8031 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8032
8033
8034 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8035
8036 ;;;***
8037 \f
8038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (20930 5097 423575
8039 ;;;;;; 701000))
8040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8041 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8042 ;;;***
8043 \f
8044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (20908
8045 ;;;;;; 27948 216644 0))
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8047 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8048 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8049 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8050 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8051 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8052 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8053 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8054 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8055
8056 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8057
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8061 ;;;;;; (20929 34089 117790 0))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8063
8064 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8065 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8066 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8067
8068 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8069
8070 ;;;***
8071 \f
8072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" (20892
8073 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
8074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8075
8076 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8077 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8078 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8079 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8080
8081 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8082 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8083
8084 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8085 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8086 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8087 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8088
8089 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8090
8091 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8092 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8093 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8094
8095 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8096 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8097
8098 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8099 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8100 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8101
8102 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8103
8104 ;;;***
8105 \f
8106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21024 28968
8107 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
8108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8109
8110 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8111 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8112
8113 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8114
8115 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8116 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8118 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8119 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8120
8121 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8122 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8123 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8124 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8125 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8126 expression point is on.
8127
8128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8129
8130 (autoload 'eldoc-post-insert-mode "eldoc" "\
8131 Toggle Eldoc-Post-Insert mode on or off.
8132 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Eldoc-Post-Insert mode if ARG is
8133 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8134 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
8135 \\{eldoc-post-insert-mode-map}
8136
8137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8138
8139 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8140 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8141
8142 \(fn)" t nil)
8143
8144 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8145 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8146 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8147 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8148 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8149 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8150 arg list.
8151
8152 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8153 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8154 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8155 effect.
8156
8157 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8158 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8159
8160 ;;;***
8161 \f
8162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "electric" "electric.el" (20929 34089 117790
8163 ;;;;;; 0))
8164 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8165
8166 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8167 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8168
8169 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8170 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8171 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8172 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8173 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8174 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8175
8176 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8177
8178 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8179 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8180 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8181 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8182 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8183
8184 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8185 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8186 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8187
8188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8189
8190 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8191 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8192 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8195 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8196
8197 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8198
8199 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8200 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8202 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8203 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8204
8205 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8206 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8207 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8208
8209 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8210
8211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8212
8213 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8214 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8215 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8216 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8217 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8218 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8219
8220 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8221
8222 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8223 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8224 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8225 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8226 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8227 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8228
8229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8230
8231 ;;;***
8232 \f
8233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709 26818 907104
8234 ;;;;;; 0))
8235 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8236
8237 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8238 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8239
8240 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8241 an elided material again.
8242
8243 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8244
8245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8246
8247 ;;;***
8248 \f
8249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (20709 26818
8250 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8252
8253 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8254 Lint the file FILE.
8255
8256 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8257
8258 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8259 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8260 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8261
8262 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8265 Lint the current buffer.
8266 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8267
8268 \(fn)" t nil)
8269
8270 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8271 Lint the function at point.
8272 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8273
8274 \(fn)" t nil)
8275
8276 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8277 Initialize elint.
8278 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8279 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8280
8281 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8282
8283 ;;;***
8284 \f
8285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709 26818 907104
8286 ;;;;;; 0))
8287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8288
8289 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8290 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8291 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8292
8293 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8294
8295 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8296 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8297 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8298 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8299
8300 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8301
8302 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8303 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8304 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8305
8306 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8307
8308 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8309
8310 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8311 Display current profiling results.
8312 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8313 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8314 displayed.
8315
8316 \(fn)" t nil)
8317
8318 ;;;***
8319 \f
8320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (20933 31141 450159
8321 ;;;;;; 0))
8322 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8323
8324 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8325 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8326 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8327 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8328 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8329 ARG is omitted or nil.
8330
8331 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8332 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8333 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8334 used instead.
8335
8336 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8337
8338 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8339 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8340 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8341
8342 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8343
8344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8345
8346 ;;;***
8347 \f
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20759 33211
8349 ;;;;;; 414988 0))
8350 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8351
8352 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8353 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8354 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8355
8356 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8357
8358 ;;;***
8359 \f
8360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (20992 52525 458637
8361 ;;;;;; 0))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8363
8364 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8365 Run Emerge on two files.
8366
8367 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8368
8369 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8370 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8371
8372 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8373
8374 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8375 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8376
8377 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8378
8379 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8380 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8381
8382 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8383
8384 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8385
8386
8387 \(fn)" nil nil)
8388
8389 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8390
8391
8392 \(fn)" nil nil)
8393
8394 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8395
8396
8397 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8398
8399 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8400
8401
8402 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8403
8404 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8405 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8406
8407 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8408
8409 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8410 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8411
8412 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8413
8414 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8415
8416
8417 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8418
8419 ;;;***
8420 \f
8421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20709 26818
8422 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8423 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8424
8425 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8426 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8427 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8428 text/enriched format.
8429
8430 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8431 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8432 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8433
8434 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8435
8436 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8437 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8438
8439 Commands:
8440
8441 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8442
8443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8444
8445 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8446
8447
8448 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8449
8450 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8451
8452
8453 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8454
8455 ;;;***
8456 \f
8457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (20978 19624 657047 0))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8459
8460 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8461 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8462
8463 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8464
8465 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8466 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8467
8468 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8469
8470 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8471 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8472 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8473 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8474 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8475 the keys are listed.
8476 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8477
8478 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8479
8480 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8481 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8482 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8483
8484 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8485
8486 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8487 Verify FILE.
8488
8489 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8490
8491 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8492 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8493
8494 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8495
8496 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8497 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8498
8499 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8500
8501 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8502 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8503
8504 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8505 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8506 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8507 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8508
8509 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8510 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8511 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8512 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8513 should consider using the string based counterpart
8514 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8515 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8516
8517 For example:
8518
8519 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8520 (decode-coding-string
8521 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8522 'utf-8))
8523
8524 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8525
8526 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8527 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8528
8529 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8530 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8531
8532 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8533
8534 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8535 Verify the current region between START and END.
8536
8537 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8538 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8539 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8540 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8541 should consider using the string based counterpart
8542 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8543 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8544
8545 For example:
8546
8547 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8548 (decode-coding-string
8549 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8550 'utf-8))
8551
8552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8553
8554 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8555 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8556 between START and END.
8557
8558 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8559 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8560
8561 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8562
8563 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8564 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8565
8566 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8567 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8568 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8569 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8570 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8571 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8572
8573 For example:
8574
8575 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8576 (epg-sign-string
8577 context
8578 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8579
8580 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8581
8582 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8583 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8584
8585 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8586 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8587 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8588 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8589 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8590 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8591
8592 For example:
8593
8594 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8595 (epg-encrypt-string
8596 context
8597 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8598 nil))
8599
8600 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8601
8602 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8603 Delete selected KEYS.
8604
8605 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8606
8607 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8608 Import keys from FILE.
8609
8610 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8611
8612 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8613 Import keys from the region.
8614
8615 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8616
8617 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8618 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8619 between START and END.
8620
8621 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8622
8623 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8624 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8625
8626 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8629 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8630
8631 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8632
8633 ;;;***
8634 \f
8635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818 907104
8636 ;;;;;; 0))
8637 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8638
8639 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8640 Decrypt marked files.
8641
8642 \(fn)" t nil)
8643
8644 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8645 Verify marked files.
8646
8647 \(fn)" t nil)
8648
8649 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8650 Sign marked files.
8651
8652 \(fn)" t nil)
8653
8654 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8655 Encrypt marked files.
8656
8657 \(fn)" t nil)
8658
8659 ;;;***
8660 \f
8661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
8662 ;;;;;; 0))
8663 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8664
8665 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8666
8667
8668 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8671
8672
8673 \(fn)" t nil)
8674
8675 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8676
8677
8678 \(fn)" t nil)
8679
8680 ;;;***
8681 \f
8682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20978 19624 657047
8683 ;;;;;; 0))
8684 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8685
8686 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8687 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8689 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8690 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8691
8692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8693
8694 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8695 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8696 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8697
8698 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8699
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8701
8702 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8703 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8704 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8705
8706 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8707
8708 \(fn)" t nil)
8709
8710 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8711 Sign the current buffer.
8712 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8713
8714 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8715
8716 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8717
8718 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8719 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8720 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8721 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8722 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8723 and also whether and how to sign.
8724
8725 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8726 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8727 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8728
8729 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8730
8731 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8732
8733 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8734 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8735 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8736
8737 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8738
8739 \(fn)" t nil)
8740
8741 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8742 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8743 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8746 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8747
8748 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8749
8750 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8751 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8752 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8753 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8754 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8755
8756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8757
8758 ;;;***
8759 \f
8760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21022 27213 317995 0))
8761 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8762 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8763 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8764 Return a context object.
8765
8766 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8767
8768 ;;;***
8769 \f
8770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104
8771 ;;;;;; 0))
8772 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8773
8774 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8775 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8776
8777 \(fn)" nil nil)
8778
8779 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8780 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8781
8782 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8783
8784 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8785 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8786
8787 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8788
8789 ;;;***
8790 \f
8791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21013 58662 278539 0))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8793 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8794 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8795 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8796
8797 \(fn)" nil nil)
8798
8799 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8800 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8801 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8802
8803 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8804
8805 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8806 (server (erc-compute-server))
8807 (port (erc-compute-port))
8808 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8809 password
8810 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8811
8812 That is, if called with
8813
8814 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8815
8816 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8817 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8818 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8819
8820 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8821
8822 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8823
8824 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8825 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8826 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8827
8828 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8829
8830 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8831 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8832 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8833 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8834
8835 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8836
8837 ;;;***
8838 \f
8839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8840 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8842 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8843
8844 ;;;***
8845 \f
8846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21013 58662
8847 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8849 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8850
8851 ;;;***
8852 \f
8853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8854 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8855 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8856 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8857
8858 ;;;***
8859 \f
8860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8861 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8862 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8863 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8864
8865 ;;;***
8866 \f
8867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988
8868 ;;;;;; 0))
8869 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8870 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8871
8872 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8873 Parser for /dcc command.
8874 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8875 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8876 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8877
8878 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8879
8880 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8881 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8882
8883 \(fn)" nil nil)
8884
8885 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8886 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8887
8888 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8889 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8890 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8891 that subcommand.
8892
8893 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8894
8895 ;;;***
8896 \f
8897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8898 ;;;;;; (20874 65006 176325 548000))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8900 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8901
8902 ;;;***
8903 \f
8904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (20709
8905 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8907
8908 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8909 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8910
8911 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8912
8913 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8914 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8915 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8916 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8917
8918 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8919
8920 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8921
8922
8923 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8924
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8926 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8927
8928 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8929
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8932
8933 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8934
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8937
8938 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8939
8940 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8941 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8942
8943 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8944
8945 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8946 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8947
8948 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8949
8950 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8951 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8952
8953 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8954
8955 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8956 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8957
8958 \(fn)" nil nil)
8959
8960 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8961 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8962
8963 \(fn)" nil nil)
8964
8965 ;;;***
8966 \f
8967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709 26818 907104
8968 ;;;;;; 0))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8970 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8971
8972 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8973 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8974 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8975
8976 \(fn)" nil nil)
8977
8978 ;;;***
8979 \f
8980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818
8981 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8983 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8984
8985 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8986 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8987 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8988 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8989 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8990 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8991 system.
8992
8993 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8994
8995 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8996
8997
8998 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8999
9000 ;;;***
9001 \f
9002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (20709 26818
9003 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9004 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9005
9006 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9007
9008
9009 \(fn)" nil nil)
9010
9011 ;;;***
9012 \f
9013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
9014 ;;;;;; 0))
9015 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9016 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9017
9018 ;;;***
9019 \f
9020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (20709 26818 907104
9021 ;;;;;; 0))
9022 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
9023 (push (purecopy '(erc-lang 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
9024 ;;;***
9025 \f
9026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21013 58662 278539
9027 ;;;;;; 0))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9029 (push (purecopy '(erc-list 0 1)) package--builtin-versions) (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9030
9031 ;;;***
9032 \f
9033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (20891 18859 893295
9034 ;;;;;; 0))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9036 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9037
9038 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9039 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9040 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9041 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9042 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9043 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9044
9045 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9046
9047 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9048 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9049 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9050 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9051
9052 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9053 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9054 automatically.
9055
9056 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9057 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9058
9059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9060
9061 ;;;***
9062 \f
9063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (20763 30266
9064 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9066 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9067
9068 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9069 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9070
9071 \(fn)" t nil)
9072
9073 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9074 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9075
9076 \(fn)" t nil)
9077
9078 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9079 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9080
9081 \(fn)" t nil)
9082
9083 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9084 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9085
9086 \(fn)" t nil)
9087
9088 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9089 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9090
9091 \(fn)" t nil)
9092
9093 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9094 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9095
9096 \(fn)" t nil)
9097
9098 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9099 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9100
9101 \(fn)" t nil)
9102
9103 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9104 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9105
9106 \(fn)" t nil)
9107
9108 ;;;***
9109 \f
9110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20884 7264 412929
9111 ;;;;;; 442000))
9112 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9113 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9114
9115 ;;;***
9116 \f
9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (20709
9118 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9120 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9121
9122 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9123 Show who's gone.
9124
9125 \(fn)" nil nil)
9126
9127 ;;;***
9128 \f
9129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709
9130 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9131 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9132
9133 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9134 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9135 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9136 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9137
9138 \(fn)" nil nil)
9139
9140 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9141 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9142
9143 \(fn)" t nil)
9144
9145 ;;;***
9146 \f
9147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21013 58662
9148 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
9149 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9150 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9151
9152 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9153 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9154 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9155 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9156
9157 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9158
9159 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9160
9161
9162 \(fn)" nil nil)
9163
9164 ;;;***
9165 \f
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9167 ;;;;;; 0))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9169 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9170
9171 ;;;***
9172 \f
9173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20709
9174 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9176 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9177
9178 ;;;***
9179 \f
9180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9181 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9183 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9184
9185 ;;;***
9186 \f
9187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20884 7264 412929
9188 ;;;;;; 442000))
9189 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9190 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9191
9192 ;;;***
9193 \f
9194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709
9195 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9197 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9198
9199 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9200 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9201
9202 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9203
9204 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9205 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9206 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9207
9208 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9209
9210 ;;;***
9211 \f
9212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9213 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9214 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9215 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9216
9217 ;;;***
9218 \f
9219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (20709
9220 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9222
9223 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9224 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9225 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9226
9227 \(fn)" t nil)
9228
9229 ;;;***
9230 \f
9231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9232 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9234 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9235
9236 ;;;***
9237 \f
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9239 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9242
9243 ;;;***
9244 \f
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21013 58662
9246 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9248
9249 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9250 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9251 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9252
9253 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9254
9255 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9256 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9258 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9259 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9260
9261 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9262 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9263 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9264 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9265
9266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9267 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9268
9269 ;;;***
9270 \f
9271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709
9272 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9274 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9275
9276 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9277 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9278 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9279 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9280
9281 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9282
9283 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9284 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9285 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9286
9287 \(fn)" t nil)
9288
9289 ;;;***
9290 \f
9291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (20709 26818 907104
9292 ;;;;;; 0))
9293 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9294 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9295
9296 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9297 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9298
9299 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9300
9301 ;;;***
9302 \f
9303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20998 4934 952905
9304 ;;;;;; 0))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9306
9307 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9308 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9309
9310 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9311 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9312
9313 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9314 assertions in BODY.
9315
9316 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9317
9318 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9319 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9320 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9321
9322 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9323
9324 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9325
9326 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9327
9328 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9329 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9330
9331 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9332 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9333 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9334 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9335
9336 Returns the stats object.
9337
9338 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9339
9340 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9341 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9342
9343 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9344 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9345 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9346 the tests).
9347
9348 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9349
9350 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9351 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9352
9353 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9354 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9355 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9356 and how to display message.
9357
9358 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9359
9360 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9361
9362 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9363 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9364
9365 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9366
9367 ;;;***
9368 \f
9369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (20709 26818
9370 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9372
9373 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9374
9375 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9376 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9377
9378 \(fn)" t nil)
9379
9380 ;;;***
9381 \f
9382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20992 52525
9383 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
9384 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9385
9386 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9387 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9388
9389 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9390
9391 \(fn)" nil nil)
9392
9393 ;;;***
9394 \f
9395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (20893 60586 188550
9396 ;;;;;; 0))
9397 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9398 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9399 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9400 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9401 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9402 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9403 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9404 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9405 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9406 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9407 buffer selected (or created).
9408
9409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9410
9411 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9412 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9413 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9414
9415 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9416
9417 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9418 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9419 The result might be any Lisp object.
9420 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9421 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9422 corresponding to a successful execution.
9423
9424 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9425
9426 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9427
9428 ;;;***
9429 \f
9430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (20992 52525 458637
9431 ;;;;;; 0))
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9433
9434 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9435 File name of tags table.
9436 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9437 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9438 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9439 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9440 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9441
9442 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9443 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9444 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9445 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9446
9447 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9448
9449 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9450 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9451 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9452 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9453 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9454 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9455
9456 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9457
9458 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9459 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9460 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9461
9462 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9463
9464 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9465 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9466 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9467 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9468 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9469
9470 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9471
9472 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9473 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9474 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9475 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9476
9477 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9478
9479 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9480 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9481 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9482 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9483 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9484
9485 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9486
9487 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9488 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9489
9490 \(fn)" t nil)
9491
9492 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9493 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9494 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9495 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9496
9497 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9498 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9499 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9500 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9501 file the tag was in.
9502
9503 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9504
9505 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9506 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9507 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9508 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9509 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9510 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9511 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9512 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9513 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9514
9515 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9516
9517 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9518 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9519 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9520 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9521 without directory names.
9522
9523 \(fn)" nil nil)
9524 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9525 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9526 (progn
9527 (load "etags")
9528 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9529
9530 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9531 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9532 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9533 but does not select the buffer.
9534 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9535
9536 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9537 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9538 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9539 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9540 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9541
9542 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9543
9544 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9545 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9546 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9547
9548 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9549
9550 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9551
9552 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9553 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9554 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9555 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9556
9557 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9558 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9559 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9560 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9561 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9562
9563 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9564
9565 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9566 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9567 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9568
9569 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9570
9571 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9572 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9573
9574 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9575 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9576 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9577 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9578 around or before point.
9579
9580 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9581 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9582 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9583 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9584 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9585
9586 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9587
9588 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9589 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9590 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9591
9592 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9593
9594 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9595 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9596
9597 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9598 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9599 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9600 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9601 around or before point.
9602
9603 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9604 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9605 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9606 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9607 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9608
9609 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9610
9611 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9612 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9613 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9614
9615 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9616
9617 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9618 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9619
9620 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9621 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9622 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9623
9624 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9625 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9626 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9627 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9628 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9629
9630 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9631
9632 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9633 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9634 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9635
9636 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9637
9638 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9639 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9640 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9641
9642 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9643 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9644
9645 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9646 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9647 where they were found.
9648
9649 \(fn)" t nil)
9650
9651 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9652 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9653
9654 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9655 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9656 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9657
9658 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9659 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9660
9661 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9662 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9663
9664 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9665
9666 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9667 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9668 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9669 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9670
9671 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9672 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9673 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9674 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9675 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9676
9677 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9678 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9679
9680 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9681 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9682 Stops when a match is found.
9683 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9684
9685 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9686 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9687 restricted to these files.
9688
9689 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9690
9691 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9692
9693 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9694 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9695 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9696 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9697 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9698 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9699 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9700 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9701
9702 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9703 produce the list of files to search.
9704
9705 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9706
9707 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9708
9709 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9710 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9711 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9712 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9713 directory specification.
9714
9715 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9716
9717 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9718 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9719
9720 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9721
9722 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9723 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9724 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9725 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9726
9727 \(fn)" t nil)
9728
9729 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9730 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9731 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9732 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9733 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9734
9735 \(fn)" t nil)
9736
9737 ;;;***
9738 \f
9739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (20709
9740 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9741 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9742
9743 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9744
9745
9746 \(fn)" nil nil)
9747
9748 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9749 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9750
9751 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9752 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9753
9754 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9755 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9756 primary language.
9757
9758 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9759 even if the buffer is read-only.
9760
9761 See also the descriptions of the variables
9762 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9763
9764 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9765
9766 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9767 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9768
9769 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9770 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9771
9772 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9773 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9774 primary language.
9775
9776 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9777 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9778
9779 See also the descriptions of the variables
9780 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9781
9782 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9783
9784 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9785 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9786 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9787 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9788
9789 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9790
9791 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9792 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9793 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9794 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9795
9796 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9797 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9798 primary language.
9799
9800 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9801 buffer is read-only.
9802
9803 See also the descriptions of the variables
9804 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9805 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9806
9807 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9810 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9811
9812 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9813 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9814
9815 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9816 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9817 the primary language.
9818
9819 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9820 buffer is read-only.
9821
9822 See also the descriptions of the variables
9823 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9824 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9825
9826 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9829 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9830 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9831
9832 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9833
9834 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9835 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9836
9837 \(fn)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9840 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9841
9842 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9843 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9844 be 1, 2, or 3.
9845
9846 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9847 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9848 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9849
9850 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9851
9852 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9853
9854 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9855 This function is deprecated.
9856
9857 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9858
9859 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9860 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9861
9862 \(fn)" t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9865 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9866
9867 \(fn)" t nil)
9868
9869 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9870 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9871
9872 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9873 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9874
9875 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9876 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9877
9878 \(fn)" nil nil)
9879
9880 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9881 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9882
9883 \(fn)" nil nil)
9884
9885 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9886 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9887
9888 \(fn)" nil nil)
9889
9890 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9891 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9892
9893 \(fn)" nil nil)
9894
9895 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9896 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9897 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9898
9899 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9900
9901 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9902
9903
9904 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9905
9906 ;;;***
9907 \f
9908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
9909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9910
9911 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9912 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9913 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9914 server for future sessions.
9915
9916 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9917
9918 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9919 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9920 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9921
9922 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9923
9924 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9925 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9926 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9927
9928 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9929
9930 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9931 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9932 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9933 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9934 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9935 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9936 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9937 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9938 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9939 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9940 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9941 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9942
9943 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9946 Display a form to query the directory server.
9947 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9948 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9949
9950 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9951
9952 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9953 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9954 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9955
9956 \(fn)" t nil)
9957
9958 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9959
9960 ;;;***
9961 \f
9962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20791 9657 561026
9963 ;;;;;; 0))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9965
9966 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9967 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9968
9969 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9970
9971 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9972 Display URL and make it clickable.
9973
9974 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9975
9976 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9977 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9978
9979 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9980
9981 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9982 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9983
9984 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9985
9986 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9987 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9988
9989 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9990
9991 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9992 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9993
9994 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9995
9996 ;;;***
9997 \f
9998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20871 33574
9999 ;;;;;; 214287 0))
10000 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10001
10002 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10003 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10004 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10005
10006 \(fn)" t nil)
10007
10008 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10009 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10010
10011 \(fn)" t nil)
10012
10013 ;;;***
10014 \f
10015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (20791
10016 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10018
10019 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10020 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10021
10022 \(fn)" t nil)
10023
10024 ;;;***
10025 \f
10026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
10027 ;;;;;; 0))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10029
10030 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10031 Create an empty ewoc.
10032
10033 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10034
10035 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10036 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10037 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10038 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10039 `insert-before-markers'.
10040
10041 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10042 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10043 respectively, of the ewoc.
10044
10045 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10046 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10047 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10048
10049 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10050
10051 ;;;***
10052 \f
10053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21022 41153 91581 355000))
10054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10055
10056 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10057 Fetch URL and render the page.
10058 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10059 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10060
10061 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10062
10063 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10064 Render a file using EWW.
10065
10066 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10067
10068 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10069
10070
10071 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10072
10073 ;;;***
10074 \f
10075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (20709
10076 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10078
10079 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10080 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10081 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10082
10083 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10084
10085 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10086 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10087 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10088 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10089 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10090
10091 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10092
10093 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10094 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10095 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10096 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10097 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10098 executable.
10099
10100 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10101
10102 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10103 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10104 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10105
10106 \(fn)" t nil)
10107
10108 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10109 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10110 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10111 file modes.
10112
10113 \(fn)" nil nil)
10114
10115 ;;;***
10116 \f
10117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10118 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10119
10120 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10121 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10122 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10123 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10124
10125 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10126
10127 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10128 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10129 to generate such functions.
10130
10131 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10132 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10133 beginning of the expanded text.
10134
10135 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10136 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10137 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10138 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10139
10140 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10141
10142 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10143
10144 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10145 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10146 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10147
10148 \(fn)" nil nil)
10149
10150 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10151 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10152 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10153
10154 \(fn)" t nil)
10155
10156 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10157 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10158 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10159
10160 \(fn)" t nil)
10161 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10162 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10163
10164 ;;;***
10165 \f
10166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20992 52525 458637
10167 ;;;;;; 0))
10168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10169
10170 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10171 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10172 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10173
10174 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10175 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10176 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10177
10178 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10179
10180 Key definitions:
10181 \\{f90-mode-map}
10182
10183 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10184
10185 `f90-do-indent'
10186 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10187 `f90-if-indent'
10188 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10189 `f90-type-indent'
10190 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10191 `f90-program-indent'
10192 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10193 (default 2).
10194 `f90-associate-indent'
10195 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10196 `f90-critical-indent'
10197 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10198 `f90-continuation-indent'
10199 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10200 `f90-comment-region'
10201 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10202 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10203 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10204 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10205 (default \"!\").
10206 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10207 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10208 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10209 `f90-break-delimiters'
10210 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10211 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10212 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10213 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10214 (default t).
10215 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10216 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10217 `f90-smart-end'
10218 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10219 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10220 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10221 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10222 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10223 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10224 `f90-leave-line-no'
10225 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10226
10227 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10228 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10229
10230 \(fn)" t nil)
10231
10232 ;;;***
10233 \f
10234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20928 40842 890989
10235 ;;;;;; 0))
10236 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10237
10238 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10239 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10240 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10241 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10242
10243 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10244 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10245 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10246 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10247 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10248
10249 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10250 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10251 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10252 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10253 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10254 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10255 attributes.
10256
10257 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10258 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10259
10260 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10261
10262 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10263 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10264 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10265 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10266
10267 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10268
10269 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10270 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10271 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10272 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10273
10274 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10275 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10276 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10277
10278 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10279 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10280 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10281 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10282
10283 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10284
10285 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10286 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10287 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10288
10289 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10290 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10291 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10292 the same amount).
10293
10294 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10295
10296 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10297 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10298 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10299
10300 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10301 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10302 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10303 will remove any scaling currently active.
10304
10305 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10306
10307 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10308 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10309 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10310
10311 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10312 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10313 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10314 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10315 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10316
10317 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10318 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10319
10320 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10321
10322 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10323 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10324
10325 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10326 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10327 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10328
10329 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10330 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10331 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10332
10333 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10334
10335 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10336 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10337 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10338 will remove any scaling currently active.
10339
10340 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10341 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10342 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10343 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10344 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10345
10346 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10349 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10351 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10352 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10353 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10354
10355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10356
10357 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10358 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10359 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10360 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10361 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10362 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10363 `buffer-face-mode'.
10364
10365 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10366 local, and sets it to FACE.
10367
10368 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10371 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10372 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10373 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10374 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10375 `face' text property.
10376
10377 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10378 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10379 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10380 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10381
10382 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10383 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10384
10385 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10386
10387 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10388 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10389 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10390 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10391
10392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10393
10394 ;;;***
10395 \f
10396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10397 ;;;;;; 0))
10398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10399 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10400 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10401 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10402 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10403 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10404
10405 \(fn)" nil nil)
10406
10407 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10408 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10409
10410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10411
10412 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10413 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10414 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10415 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10416
10417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10418
10419 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10420 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10421 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10422 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10423 backup file names and the like).
10424
10425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10426
10427 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10428 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10429 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10430 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10431 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10432 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10433 internally by feedmail):
10434
10435 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10436 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10437 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10438 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10439
10440 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10441 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10442 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10443 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10444 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10445
10446 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10447
10448 ;;;***
10449 \f
10450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
10451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10452
10453 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10454 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10455 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10456 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10457 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10458 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10459 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10460
10461 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10462
10463 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10464 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10465 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10466 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10467 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10468 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10469 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10470
10471 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10472
10473 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10474
10475 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10476 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10477 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10478 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10479 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10480 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10481
10482 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10483
10484 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10485 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10486 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10487 Return value:
10488 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10489 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10490 * otherwise, nil
10491
10492 \(fn E)" t nil)
10493
10494 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10495 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10496 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10497
10498 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10499
10500 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10501 Try to get a file name at point.
10502 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10503
10504 \(fn)" nil nil)
10505
10506 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10507 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10508
10509 \(fn)" t nil)
10510
10511 ;;;***
10512 \f
10513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (20998 4934 952905
10514 ;;;;;; 0))
10515 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10516
10517 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10518 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10519 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10520 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10521
10522 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10523
10524 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10525 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10526 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10527 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10528 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10529 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10530
10531 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10532
10533 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10534 Add FILE to the file cache.
10535
10536 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10537
10538 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10539 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10540 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10541
10542 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10543
10544 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10545 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10546 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10547
10548 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10549
10550 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10551 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10552 This function does not use any external programs.
10553 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10554 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10555 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10556
10557 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10558
10559 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10560 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10561 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10562 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10563 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10564 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10565 \(directories) is done.
10566
10567 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10568
10569 ;;;***
10570 \f
10571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (20999 25770 522517
10572 ;;;;;; 0))
10573 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10574
10575 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10576 Handle file system monitoring event.
10577 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10578 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10579
10580 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10581
10582 ;;;***
10583 \f
10584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (20938 49065 383398
10585 ;;;;;; 0))
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10587
10588 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10589 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10590
10591 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10592 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10593 Local Variables list.
10594
10595 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10596 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10597 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10598
10599 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10600
10601 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10602 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10603
10604 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10605
10606 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10607 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10608
10609 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10610 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10611 the -*- line.
10612
10613 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10614 then this function adds it.
10615
10616 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10617
10618 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10619 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10620
10621 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10622
10623 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10624 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10625
10626 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10627
10628 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10629 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10630
10631 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10632
10633 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10634 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10635
10636 \(fn)" t nil)
10637
10638 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10639 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10640
10641 \(fn)" t nil)
10642
10643 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10644 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10645
10646 \(fn)" t nil)
10647
10648 ;;;***
10649 \f
10650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (20999 25770 522517
10651 ;;;;;; 0))
10652 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10653
10654 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10655 Filesets initialization.
10656 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10657
10658 \(fn)" nil nil)
10659
10660 ;;;***
10661 \f
10662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818 907104
10663 ;;;;;; 0))
10664 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10665 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10666 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10667 Initiate the building of a find command.
10668 For example:
10669
10670 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10671 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10672 (mtime \"+1\"))
10673 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10674
10675 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10676 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10677
10678 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10679
10680 ;;;***
10681 \f
10682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060
10683 ;;;;;; 0))
10684 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10685
10686 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10687 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10688 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10689
10690 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10691
10692 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10693 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10694
10695 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10696
10697 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10698 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10699 and run dired on those files.
10700 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10701 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10702
10703 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10704
10705 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10706
10707 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10708 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10709 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10710
10711 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10712 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10713
10714 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10715 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10716
10717 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10718
10719 ;;;***
10720 \f
10721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (20999 25770 522517
10722 ;;;;;; 0))
10723 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10724
10725 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10726 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10727 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10728 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10729 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10730 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10731 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10732
10733 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10734
10735 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10736 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10737 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10738
10739 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10740
10741 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10742
10743 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10744
10745 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10746 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10747 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10748
10749 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10750 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10751
10752 Variables of interest include:
10753
10754 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10755 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10756 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10757
10758 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10759 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10760 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10761
10762 - `ff-ignore-include'
10763 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10764
10765 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10766 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10767
10768 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10769 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10770
10771 - `ff-special-constructs'
10772 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10773 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10774 extracting the filename from that construct.
10775
10776 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10777 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10778
10779 - `ff-search-directories'
10780 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10781 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10782
10783 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10784 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10785
10786 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10787 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10788
10789 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10790 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10791
10792 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10793 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10794
10795 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10796 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10797
10798 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10799
10800 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10801 Visit the file you click on.
10802
10803 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10804
10805 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10806 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10807
10808 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10809
10810 ;;;***
10811 \f
10812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709
10813 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10815
10816 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10817 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10818 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10819
10820 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10821
10822 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10823 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10824 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10825 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10826
10827 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10828 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10829 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10830 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10831
10832 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10833
10834 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10835 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10836
10837 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10838 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10839 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10840 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10841
10842 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10843 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10844 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10845
10846 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10847 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10848 in `load-path'.
10849
10850 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10851
10852 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10853 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10854
10855 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10856 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10857 places point before the definition.
10858 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10859
10860 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10861 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10862 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10863
10864 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10865
10866 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10867 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10868
10869 See `find-function' for more details.
10870
10871 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10872
10873 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10874 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10875
10876 See `find-function' for more details.
10877
10878 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10881 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10882
10883 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10884 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10885 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10886
10887 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10888 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10889
10890 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10891
10892 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10893 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10894
10895 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10896 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10897 places point before the definition.
10898
10899 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10900
10901 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10902 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10903 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10904
10905 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10906
10907 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10908 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10909
10910 See `find-variable' for more details.
10911
10912 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10913
10914 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10915 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10916
10917 See `find-variable' for more details.
10918
10919 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10920
10921 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10922 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10923 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10924 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10925 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10926 buffer nor display it.
10927
10928 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10929 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10930
10931 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10932
10933 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10934 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10935
10936 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10937 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10938 places point before the definition.
10939
10940 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10941
10942 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10943 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10944 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10945
10946 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10947
10948 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10949 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10950 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10951
10952 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10953
10954 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10955 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10956
10957 \(fn)" t nil)
10958
10959 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10960 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10961
10962 \(fn)" t nil)
10963
10964 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10965 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10966
10967 \(fn)" nil nil)
10968
10969 ;;;***
10970 \f
10971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20993 35788 926781
10972 ;;;;;; 0))
10973 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10974
10975 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10976 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10977
10978 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10981 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10982
10983 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10984
10985 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10986 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10987
10988 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10989
10990 ;;;***
10991 \f
10992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (20925 37032 237257 0))
10993 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10994 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10995 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10996 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10997
10998 \(fn)" t nil)
10999
11000 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11001 Display FILE's commentary section.
11002 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11003
11004 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11005
11006 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11007 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11008
11009 \(fn)" t nil)
11010
11011 ;;;***
11012 \f
11013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104
11014 ;;;;;; 0))
11015 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11016
11017 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11018 Toggle flow control handling.
11019 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11020 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11021
11022 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11023
11024 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11025 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11026 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11027 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11028 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11029 to get the effect of a C-q.
11030
11031 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11032
11033 ;;;***
11034 \f
11035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (20709 26818
11036 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11038
11039 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11040
11041
11042 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11043
11044 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11045
11046
11047 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11048
11049 ;;;***
11050 \f
11051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21019 11047
11052 ;;;;;; 84796 0))
11053 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11054 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11055 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11056 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11057 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11058 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11059 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11060
11061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11062
11063 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11064 Turn flymake mode on.
11065
11066 \(fn)" nil nil)
11067
11068 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11069 Turn flymake mode off.
11070
11071 \(fn)" nil nil)
11072
11073 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11074
11075
11076 \(fn)" nil nil)
11077
11078 ;;;***
11079 \f
11080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20847 51240
11081 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
11082 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11083
11084 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11085 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11086
11087 \(fn)" t nil)
11088 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11089
11090 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11091 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11092 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11093 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11094 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11095
11096 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11097 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11098 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11099
11100 Bindings:
11101 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11102 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11103 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11104 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11105
11106 Hooks:
11107 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11108
11109 Remark:
11110 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11111 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11112 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11113
11114 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11115 consider adding:
11116 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11117 in your init file.
11118
11119 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11120 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11121
11122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11123
11124 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11125 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11126
11127 \(fn)" nil nil)
11128
11129 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11130 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11131
11132 \(fn)" nil nil)
11133
11134 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11135 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11136
11137 \(fn)" nil nil)
11138
11139 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11140 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11141
11142 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11143
11144 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11145 Flyspell whole buffer.
11146
11147 \(fn)" t nil)
11148
11149 ;;;***
11150 \f
11151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (20709 26818 907104
11152 ;;;;;; 0))
11153 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11154 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11155 ;;;***
11156 \f
11157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21005 64551 555603 0))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11159
11160 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11161 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11162
11163 \(fn)" nil nil)
11164
11165 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11166 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11167
11168 \(fn)" nil nil)
11169
11170 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11171 Toggle Follow mode.
11172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11173 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11174 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11175
11176 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11177 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11178
11179 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11180 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11181 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11182
11183 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11184 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11185 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11186 movement commands.
11187
11188 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11189 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11190 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11191 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11192 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11193 mileage may vary).
11194
11195 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11196 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11197
11198 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11199
11200 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11201
11202 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11203 \\{follow-mode-map}
11204
11205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11206
11207 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11208 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11209
11210 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11211 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11212 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11213 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11214 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11215 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11216
11217 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11218 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11219 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11220
11221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11222
11223 ;;;***
11224 \f
11225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709 26818
11226 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11227 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11228 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11229 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11230 Toggle Footnote mode.
11231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11232 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11233 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11234
11235 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11236 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11237 play around with the following keys:
11238 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11239
11240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11241
11242 ;;;***
11243 \f
11244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
11245 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11246
11247 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11248 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11249
11250 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11251 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11252 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11253 C-c < forms-first-record <
11254 C-c > forms-last-record >
11255 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11256 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11257 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11258 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11259 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11260 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11261 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11262 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11263 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11264 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11265
11266 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11267
11268 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11269 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11270
11271 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11272
11273 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11274 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11275
11276 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11277
11278 ;;;***
11279 \f
11280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (20992 52525
11281 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
11282 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11283
11284 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11285 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11286 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11287
11288 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11289 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11290
11291 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11292
11293 Key definitions:
11294 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11295
11296 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11297
11298 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11299 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11300 `fortran-do-indent'
11301 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11302 `fortran-if-indent'
11303 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11304 `fortran-structure-indent'
11305 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11306 (default 3)
11307 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11308 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11309 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11310 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11311 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11312 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11313 nil don't change the indentation
11314 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11315 value of either
11316 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11317 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11318 depending on the continuation format in use.
11319 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11320 indentation for a line of code.
11321 (default 'fixed)
11322 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11323 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11324 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11325 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11326 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11327 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11328 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11329 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11330 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11331 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11332 column 5.
11333 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11334 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11335 statements (default nil).
11336 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11337 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11338 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11339 `fortran-continuation-string'
11340 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11341 line (default \"$\").
11342 `fortran-comment-region'
11343 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11344 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11345 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11346 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11347 as typed (default t).
11348 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11349 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11350
11351 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11352 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11353
11354 \(fn)" t nil)
11355
11356 ;;;***
11357 \f
11358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517 595445
11359 ;;;;;; 191000))
11360 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11361
11362 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11363 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11364
11365 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11366 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11367
11368 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11369
11370 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11371 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11372
11373 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11374 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11375
11376 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11377
11378 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11379 Compile fortune file.
11380
11381 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11382 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11383
11384 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11385
11386 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11387 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11388
11389 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11390 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11391 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11392 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11393
11394 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11395
11396 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11397 Display a fortune cookie.
11398 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11399 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11400 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11401 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11402
11403 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11404
11405 ;;;***
11406 \f
11407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21005 64551 555603
11408 ;;;;;; 0))
11409 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11410
11411 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11412 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11413 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11414
11415 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11416 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11417 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11418
11419 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11420 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11421
11422 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11423 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11424
11425 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11426 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11427 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11428 intend to modify existing values, do
11429
11430 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11431
11432 before changing anything.
11433
11434 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11435 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11436
11437 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11438 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11439 to restore the frame.
11440
11441 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11442 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11443 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11444
11445 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11446 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11447 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11448 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11449 FILTER A filter function.
11450
11451 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11452 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11453
11454 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11455
11456 where
11457
11458 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11459 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11460 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11461 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11462 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11463 before restoring it.
11464 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11465
11466 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11467 It must return:
11468 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11469 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11470 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11471
11472 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11473 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11474
11475 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11476 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11477 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11478 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11479 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11480 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11481 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11482
11483 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11484
11485 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11486 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11487
11488 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11489
11490 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11491 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11492 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11493 If nil, check all live frames.
11494
11495 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11496
11497 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11498 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11499 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11500 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11501 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11502 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11503 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11504 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11505 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11506 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11507 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11508
11509 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11510
11511 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11512 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11513
11514 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11515 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11516 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11517 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11518 and window-state is not restored.
11519
11520 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11521 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11522
11523 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to use to reuse frames when restoring:
11524 t Reuse existing frames if possible, and delete those not reused.
11525 nil Restore frameset in new frames and delete existing frames.
11526 :keep Restore frameset in new frames and keep the existing ones.
11527 LIST A list of frames to reuse; only these are reused (if possible).
11528 Remaining frames in this list are deleted; other frames not
11529 included on the list are left untouched.
11530
11531 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11532 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11533 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11534 :delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11535 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11536 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11537 `:delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11538 be created from that parameter alist.
11539
11540 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11541 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11542 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11543 :all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11544 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11545 - the live frame just restored,
11546 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11547 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11548 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11549
11550 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11551 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11552 being restored before that happens; and FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11553 it has been restored.
11554
11555 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11556
11557 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN)" nil nil)
11558
11559 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11560 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11561 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11562 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11563
11564 \(fn REGISTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
11565
11566 ;;;***
11567 \f
11568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (20752 26925
11569 ;;;;;; 124734 677000))
11570 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11571 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11572 ;;;***
11573 \f
11574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (20992 52525
11575 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
11576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11577
11578 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11579 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11580 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11581
11582 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11583
11584 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11585 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11586 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11587 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11588 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11589 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11590 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11591
11592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11593
11594 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11595 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11596 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11597 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11598
11599 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11600 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11601 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11602 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11603 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11604
11605 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11606 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11607 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11608 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11609
11610 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11611 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11612 shown in some of the buffers.
11613
11614 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11615
11616 The following commands help control operation :
11617
11618 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11619 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11620
11621 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11622 detailed description of this mode.
11623
11624
11625 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11626 | GDB Toolbar |
11627 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11628 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11629 | | |
11630 | | |
11631 | | |
11632 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11633 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11634 | | (comint-mode) |
11635 | | |
11636 | | |
11637 | | |
11638 | | |
11639 | | |
11640 | | |
11641 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11642 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11643 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11644 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11645 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11646 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11647
11648 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11649
11650 ;;;***
11651 \f
11652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20928 13222
11653 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
11654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11655
11656 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11657 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11658 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11659 instead (which see).")
11660
11661 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11662 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11663
11664 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11665 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11666 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11667 documentation string instead.
11668
11669 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11670 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11671 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11672 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11673 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11674 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11675 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11676 enders are actually possible.
11677
11678 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11679 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11680
11681 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11682 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11683 `font-lock-keywords'.
11684
11685 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11686 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11687 runs the macro expansion.
11688
11689 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11690 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11691 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11692
11693 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11694
11695 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11696
11697 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11698
11699 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11700
11701 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11702 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11703
11704 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11705
11706 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11707 Enter generic mode MODE.
11708
11709 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11710 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11711 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11712
11713 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11714 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11715
11716 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11717
11718 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11719 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11720 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11721 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11722 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11723 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11724 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11725 `font-lock-keywords'.
11726
11727 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11728
11729 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11730
11731 ;;;***
11732 \f
11733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (20709 26818
11734 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11736
11737 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11738 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11739 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11740 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11741 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11742 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11743
11744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11745
11746 ;;;***
11747 \f
11748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (20709 26818
11749 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11751
11752 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11753 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11754 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11755
11756 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11757
11758 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11759 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11760
11761 Guideline for numbers:
11762 1 - error messages
11763 3 - non-serious error messages
11764 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11765 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11766 9 - messages inside loops.
11767
11768 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11769
11770 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11771 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11772 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11773
11774 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11775
11776 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11777 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11778
11779 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11780
11781 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11782 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11783
11784 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11785 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11786 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11787 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11788 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11789 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11790
11791 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11792 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11793 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11794 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11795 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11796
11797 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11798
11799 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11800
11801 ;;;***
11802 \f
11803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11805 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)(when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11806 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11807
11808 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11809 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11810
11811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11812
11813 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11814 Read network news.
11815 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11816 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11817 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11818 name of an NNTP server to use.
11819 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11820 server.
11821
11822 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11823
11824 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11825 Read news as a slave.
11826
11827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11828
11829 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11830 Pop up a frame to read news.
11831 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11832 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11833 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11834 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11835 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11836 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11837 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11838 current display is used.
11839
11840 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11841
11842 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11843 Read network news.
11844 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11845 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11846 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11847
11848 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11849
11850 ;;;***
11851 \f
11852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20709 26818
11853 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11855
11856 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11857 Start Gnus unplugged.
11858
11859 \(fn)" t nil)
11860
11861 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11862 Start Gnus plugged.
11863
11864 \(fn)" t nil)
11865
11866 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11867 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11868
11869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11870
11871 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11872 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11873
11874 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11875 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11876 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11877
11878 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11879 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11880 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11881
11882 \(fn)" t nil)
11883
11884 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11885 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11886
11887 \(fn)" nil nil)
11888
11889 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11890 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11891 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11892 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11893 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11894 supported.
11895
11896 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11897
11898 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11899 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11900 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11901 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11902 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11903 supported.
11904
11905 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11906
11907 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11908 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11909
11910 \(fn)" nil nil)
11911
11912 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11913 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11914 downloaded into the agent.
11915
11916 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11917
11918 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11919 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11920 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11921 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11922
11923 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11924
11925 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11926 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11927
11928 \(fn)" t nil)
11929
11930 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11931 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11932
11933 \(fn)" t nil)
11934
11935 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11936 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11937 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11938
11939 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11940
11941 ;;;***
11942 \f
11943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (20977 54298
11944 ;;;;;; 858063 0))
11945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11946
11947 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11948 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11949
11950 \(fn)" nil nil)
11951
11952 ;;;***
11953 \f
11954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20709
11955 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11957
11958 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11959 Set a bookmark for this article.
11960
11961 \(fn)" t nil)
11962
11963 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11964 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11965
11966 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11967
11968 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11969 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11970 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11971 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11972 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11973
11974 \(fn)" t nil)
11975
11976 ;;;***
11977 \f
11978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709 26818
11979 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11981
11982 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11983 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11984
11985 Usage:
11986 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11987
11988 \(fn)" t nil)
11989
11990 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11991 Generate the cache active file.
11992
11993 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11994
11995 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11996 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11997
11998 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11999
12000 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12001 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12002 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12003 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12004 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12005 supported.
12006
12007 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12008
12009 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12010 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12011 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12012 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12013 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12014 supported.
12015
12016 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12017
12018 ;;;***
12019 \f
12020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20988 22031
12021 ;;;;;; 837044 0))
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12023
12024 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12025 Delay this article by some time.
12026 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12027
12028 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12029 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12030
12031 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12032 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12033
12034 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12035 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12036
12037 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12038
12039 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12040 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12041
12042 \(fn)" t nil)
12043
12044 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12045 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12046 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12047 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12048
12049 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12050 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12051
12052 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12053
12054 ;;;***
12055 \f
12056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818
12057 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12059
12060 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12061
12062
12063 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12064
12065 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12066
12067
12068 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12069
12070 ;;;***
12071 \f
12072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (20709 26818
12073 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12075
12076 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12077 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12078
12079 \(fn)" t nil)
12080
12081 ;;;***
12082 \f
12083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (20709 26818
12084 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12086
12087 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12088 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12089
12090 \(fn)" t nil)
12091
12092 ;;;***
12093 \f
12094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709 26818
12095 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12097
12098 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12099 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12100
12101 \(fn)" t nil)
12102
12103 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12104 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12105
12106 \(fn)" t nil)
12107
12108 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12109 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12110
12111 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12112 different input formats.
12113
12114 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12115
12116 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12117 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12118
12119 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12120 different input formats.
12121
12122 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12123
12124 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12125 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12126 The PNG is returned as a string.
12127
12128 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12129
12130 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12131 Convert FILE to a Face.
12132 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12133 726 bytes.
12134
12135 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12136
12137 ;;;***
12138 \f
12139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20874
12140 ;;;;;; 65006 176325 548000))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12142
12143 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12144 Display gravatar in the From header.
12145 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12146
12147 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12148
12149 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12150 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12151 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12152
12153 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12154
12155 ;;;***
12156 \f
12157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20988 22031
12158 ;;;;;; 837044 0))
12159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12160
12161 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12162 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12163 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12164 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12165
12166 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12167
12168 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12169 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12170
12171 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12172
12173 ;;;***
12174 \f
12175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20874 65006
12176 ;;;;;; 672942 217000))
12177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12178
12179 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12180
12181
12182 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12183
12184 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12185
12186
12187 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12188
12189 ;;;***
12190 \f
12191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (20709 26818
12192 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12194
12195 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12196
12197 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12198 Run batched scoring.
12199 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12200
12201 \(fn)" t nil)
12202
12203 ;;;***
12204 \f
12205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (20709 26818 907104
12206 ;;;;;; 0))
12207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12208
12209 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12210
12211
12212 \(fn)" nil nil)
12213
12214 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12215 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12216 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12217
12218 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12219
12220 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12221 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12222
12223 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12224
12225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12226
12227 ;;;***
12228 \f
12229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (20709 26818
12230 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12232
12233 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12234 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12235 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12236 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12237 group parameters.
12238
12239 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12240 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12241 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12242 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12243
12244 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12245 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12246 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12247 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12248 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12249 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12250 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12251 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12252 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12253 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12254
12255 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12256
12257 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12258 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12259 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12260 nil CATCH-ALL).
12261
12262 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12263 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12264
12265 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12266
12267 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12268 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12269 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12270
12271 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12272
12273 \(fn)" nil nil)
12274
12275 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12276 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12277 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12278
12279 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12280
12281 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12282 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12283 existing groups are considered.
12284
12285 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12286 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12287 returned.
12288
12289 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12290 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12291 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12292 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12293 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12294 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12295 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12296 clauses will be generated.
12297
12298 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12299 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12300 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12301 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12302 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12303 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12304
12305 For example, given the following group parameters:
12306
12307 nnml:mail.bar:
12308 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12309 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12310 nnml:mail.foo:
12311 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12312 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12313 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12314 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12315 nnml:mail.others:
12316 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12317
12318 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12319
12320 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12321 \"mail.bar\")
12322 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12323 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12324 \"mail.others\")
12325
12326 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12327
12328 ;;;***
12329 \f
12330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20974 22577
12331 ;;;;;; 548213 0))
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12333
12334 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12335 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12336 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12337 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12338 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12339 instead.
12340
12341 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12342
12343 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12344 Mail to ADDRESS.
12345
12346 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12347
12348 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12349 Like `message-reply'.
12350
12351 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12352
12353 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12354
12355 ;;;***
12356 \f
12357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12358 ;;;;;; (20886 939 575794 0))
12359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12360
12361 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12362 Send a notification on new message.
12363 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12364 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12365 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12366
12367 This is typically a function to add in
12368 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12369
12370 \(fn)" nil nil)
12371
12372 ;;;***
12373 \f
12374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (20874 65006
12375 ;;;;;; 672942 217000))
12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12377
12378 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12379 Display picons in the From header.
12380 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12381
12382 \(fn)" t nil)
12383
12384 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12385 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12386 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12387
12388 \(fn)" t nil)
12389
12390 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12391 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12392 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12393
12394 \(fn)" t nil)
12395
12396 ;;;***
12397 \f
12398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818
12399 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12400 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12401
12402 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12403 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12404 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12405 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12406
12407 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12408
12409 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12410 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12411 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12412 LIST1 is modified.
12413
12414 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12415
12416 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12417 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12418 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12419
12420 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12421
12422 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12423
12424
12425 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12426
12427 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12428 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12429 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12430
12431 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12432
12433 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12434 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12435 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12436
12437 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12438
12439 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12440
12441 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12442 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12443 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12444
12445 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12446
12447 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12448 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12449 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12450
12451 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12452
12453 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12454 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12455 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12456
12457 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12458
12459 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12460 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12461
12462 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12463
12464 ;;;***
12465 \f
12466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20955
12467 ;;;;;; 58152 201869 0))
12468 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12469
12470 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12471 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12472
12473 \(fn)" t nil)
12474
12475 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12476 Install the registry hooks.
12477
12478 \(fn)" t nil)
12479
12480 ;;;***
12481 \f
12482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709 26818
12483 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12485
12486 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12487 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12488 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12489 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12490 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12491 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12492
12493 \(fn)" t nil)
12494
12495 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12496 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12497 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12498 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12499 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12500
12501 \(fn)" t nil)
12502
12503 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12504
12505
12506 \(fn)" t nil)
12507
12508 ;;;***
12509 \f
12510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (20893 60586
12511 ;;;;;; 188550 0))
12512 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12513
12514 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12515 Update the format specification near point.
12516
12517 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12518
12519 ;;;***
12520 \f
12521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (20986 60038
12522 ;;;;;; 720063 0))
12523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12524
12525 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12526 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12527
12528 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12529
12530 ;;;***
12531 \f
12532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (20984 58408
12533 ;;;;;; 354075 0))
12534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12535
12536 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12537 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12538 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12539
12540 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12541
12542 ;;;***
12543 \f
12544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818
12545 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12546 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12547
12548 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12549 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12550
12551 \(fn)" t nil)
12552
12553 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12554 Install the sync hooks.
12555
12556 \(fn)" t nil)
12557
12558 ;;;***
12559 \f
12560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (20709 26818
12561 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12563
12564 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12565 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12566
12567 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12568
12569 ;;;***
12570 \f
12571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (20998 4934 952905
12572 ;;;;;; 0))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12574
12575 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12576 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12577 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12578 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12579 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12580 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12581
12582 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12583
12584 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12585
12586 ;;;***
12587 \f
12588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20992 52525 458637
12589 ;;;;;; 0))
12590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12591
12592 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12593 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12594
12595 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12596 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12597 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12598
12599 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12600 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12601 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12602
12603 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12604 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12605
12606 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12607 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12608
12609 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12610
12611 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12612
12613 ;;;***
12614 \f
12615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766 6456
12616 ;;;;;; 368550 0))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12618
12619 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12620
12621 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12622 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12623 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12624 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12625 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12626
12627 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12628
12629 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12630 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12631 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12632 or to send e-mail.
12633 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12634 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12635
12636 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12637 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12638
12639 \(fn)" t nil)
12640 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12641
12642 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12643 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12644 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12645 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12646 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12647
12648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12649
12650 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12651 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12652
12653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12654
12655 ;;;***
12656 \f
12657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20901 54695
12658 ;;;;;; 989166 0))
12659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12660
12661 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12662 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12663 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12664
12665 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12666
12667 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12668 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12669
12670 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12671
12672 ;;;***
12673 \f
12674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20896 36774 886399
12675 ;;;;;; 0))
12676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12677
12678 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12679 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12680
12681 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12682
12683 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12684 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12685 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12686 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12687 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12688
12689 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12690 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12691 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12692
12693 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12694
12695 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12696 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12697 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12698 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12699 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12700
12701 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12702
12703 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12704 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12705
12706 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12707
12708 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12709 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12710
12711 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12712 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12713 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12714
12715 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12716 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12717 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12718
12719 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12720 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12721 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12722 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12723
12724 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12725 How to invoke find and grep.
12726 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12727 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12728 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12729 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12730
12731 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12732
12733 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12734 History list for grep.")
12735
12736 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12737 History list for grep-find.")
12738
12739 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12740 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12741 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12742
12743 \(fn)" nil nil)
12744
12745 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12746
12747
12748 \(fn)" nil nil)
12749
12750 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12751 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12752
12753 \(fn)" nil nil)
12754
12755 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12756 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12757 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12758 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12759 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12760
12761 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12762 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12763
12764 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12765 can easily repeat a grep command.
12766
12767 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12768 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12769 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12770 list is empty).
12771
12772 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12773
12774 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12775 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12776 Collect output in a buffer.
12777 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12778 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12779
12780 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12781 easily repeat a find command.
12782
12783 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12784
12785 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12786
12787 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12788 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12789 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12790 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12791 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12792
12793 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12794 before it is executed.
12795 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12796
12797 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12798 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12799 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12800
12801 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12802
12803 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12804
12805 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12806 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12807 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12808 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12809 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12810
12811 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12812 before it is executed.
12813 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12814
12815 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12816 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12817 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12818 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12819
12820 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12821
12822 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12823 to specify a command to run.
12824
12825 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12826
12827 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12828 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12829 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12830 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12831
12832 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12833
12834 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12835
12836 ;;;***
12837 \f
12838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12839 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12840
12841 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12842 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12843 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12844 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12845 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12846
12847 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12848
12849 ;;;***
12850 \f
12851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20895 15912 444844
12852 ;;;;;; 0))
12853 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12854
12855 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12856 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12857 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12858 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12859
12860 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12861
12862 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12863 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12864 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12865 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12866
12867 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12868
12869 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12870 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12871 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12872 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12873
12874 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12875
12876 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12877 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12878 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12879 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12880
12881 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12882 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12883
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12887 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12888 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12889 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12890
12891 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12892
12893 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12894 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12895 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12896 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12897
12898 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12899
12900 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12901 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12902 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12903 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12904 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12905
12906 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12907 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12908 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12909 original source file access method.
12910
12911 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12912 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12913
12914 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12915
12916 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12917 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12918
12919 \(fn)" t nil)
12920
12921 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12922 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12923 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12924 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12925 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12926 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12927
12928 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12929
12930 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12931 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12932 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12933 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12934 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12935
12936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12937
12938 ;;;***
12939 \f
12940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21002 1963 769129
12941 ;;;;;; 0))
12942 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12943
12944 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12945 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12946 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12947 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12948 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12949 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12950 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12951 set it to.
12952 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12953
12954 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12955
12956 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12957 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12958 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12959 of PLACE.
12960 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12961 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12962 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12963 and SETTER.
12964 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12965 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12966
12967 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12968
12969 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12970
12971 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12972 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12973 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12974 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12975 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12976
12977 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12978
12979 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12980
12981 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12982
12983
12984 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12985
12986 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12987
12988 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12989
12990 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12991 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12992 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12993 well for simple place forms.
12994 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12995 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12996 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12997 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12998 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12999 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13000 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13001
13002 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13003
13004 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13005
13006 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13007 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13008 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13009 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13010 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13011
13012 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13013 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13014 (let ((temp VAL))
13015 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13016 temp)
13017 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13018
13019 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13020
13021 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13022 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13023 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13024 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13025 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13026 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13027
13028 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13029
13030 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13031
13032 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13033 Return a reference to PLACE.
13034 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13035
13036 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13037
13038 ;;;***
13039 \f
13040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20791 9657
13041 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13043
13044 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13045 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13046 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13047 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13048
13049 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13050 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13051 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13052 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13053
13054 \(fn)" t nil)
13055
13056 ;;;***
13057 \f
13058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (20478 3673 653810
13059 ;;;;;; 0))
13060 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13061
13062 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13063 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13064
13065 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13066
13067 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13068 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13069 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13070 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13071
13072 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13073
13074 \(fn)" t nil)
13075
13076 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13077 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13078 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13079 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13080 to be updated.
13081
13082 \(fn)" t nil)
13083
13084 ;;;***
13085 \f
13086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818
13087 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13088 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13089
13090 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13091 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13092
13093 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13094
13095 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13096 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13097 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13098
13099 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13100
13101 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13102 Verify a hashcash payment
13103
13104 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13105
13106 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13107 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13108 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13109 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13110 `mail-add-payment-async').
13111
13112 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13113
13114 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13115 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13116 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13117 Calculation is asynchronous.
13118
13119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13120
13121 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13122 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13123 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13124
13125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13126
13127 ;;;***
13128 \f
13129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818 907104
13130 ;;;;;; 0))
13131 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13132
13133 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13134 Return the help-echo string at point.
13135 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13136 property, or nil, is returned.
13137 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13138 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13139 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13140
13141 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13142
13143 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13144 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13145 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13146 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13147 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13148
13149 \(fn)" nil nil)
13150
13151 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13152 Display local help in the echo area.
13153 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13154 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13155 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13156 printed instead.
13157
13158 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13159 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13160 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13161
13162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13163
13164 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13165 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13166 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13167
13168 \(fn)" t nil)
13169
13170 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13171 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13172 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13173
13174 \(fn)" t nil)
13175
13176 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13177 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13178 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13179 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13180 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13181 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13182 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13183 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13184 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13185 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13186 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13187
13188 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13189 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13190 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13191 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13192 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13193
13194 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13195 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13196 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13197 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13198 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13199 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13200 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13201 The default is `never'.")
13202
13203 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13204
13205 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13206 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13207 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13208 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13209 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13210 considered different regions.
13211
13212 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13213 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13214 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13215 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13216 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13217 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13218 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13219 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13220 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13221
13222 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13223
13224 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13225 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13226 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13227 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13228 different regions.
13229
13230 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13231 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13232 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13233 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13234 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13235 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13236 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13237 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13238
13239 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13240 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13241 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13242 rarely happens in practice.
13243
13244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13245
13246 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13247 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13248 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13249 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13250 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13251 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13252
13253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13254
13255 ;;;***
13256 \f
13257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20924 16196 967284
13258 ;;;;;; 0))
13259 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13260
13261 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13262 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13263
13264 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13265
13266 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13267 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13268 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13269
13270 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13271
13272 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13273 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13274 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13275 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13276 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13277 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13278 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13279 search for a function definition.
13280
13281 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13282 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13283 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13284 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13285 suitable file is found, return nil.
13286
13287 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13288
13289 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13290
13291
13292 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13293
13294 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13295 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13296 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13297 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13298
13299 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13300
13301 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13302 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13303 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13304 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13305 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13306 it is displayed along with the global value.
13307
13308 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13309
13310 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13311 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13312 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13313 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13314
13315 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13316
13317 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13318 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13319 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13320 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13321 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13322
13323 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13324
13325 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13326 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13327
13328 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13329
13330 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13331 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13332
13333 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13334
13335 ;;;***
13336 \f
13337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (20992 52525 458637
13338 ;;;;;; 0))
13339 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13340
13341 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13342 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13343 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13344 window listing and describing the options.
13345 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13346 gives the window that lists the options.")
13347
13348 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13349
13350 ;;;***
13351 \f
13352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20999 25770 522517
13353 ;;;;;; 0))
13354 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13355
13356 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13357 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13358 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13359 Commands:
13360 \\{help-mode-map}
13361
13362 \(fn)" t nil)
13363
13364 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13365
13366
13367 \(fn)" nil nil)
13368
13369 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13370
13371
13372 \(fn)" nil nil)
13373
13374 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13375 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13376
13377 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13378 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13379 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13380 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13381
13382 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13383 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13384 restore it properly when going back.
13385
13386 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13387
13388 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13389 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13390 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13391 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13392 from `help-mode'.
13393 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13394 it does not already exist.
13395
13396 \(fn)" nil nil)
13397
13398 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13399 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13400
13401 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13402 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13403 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13404 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13405 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13406 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13407 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13408 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13409
13410 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13411 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13412 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13413 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13414
13415 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13416 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13417 that.
13418
13419 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13420
13421 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13422 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13423 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13424 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13425 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13426 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13427
13428 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13429
13430 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13431 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13432 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13433 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13434 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13435
13436 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13437
13438 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13439 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13440
13441 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13442
13443 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13444 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13445 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13446 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13447
13448 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13449
13450 ;;;***
13451 \f
13452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20992 52525
13453 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
13454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13455
13456 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13457 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13458
13459 \(fn)" t nil)
13460
13461 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13462 Provide help for current mode.
13463
13464 \(fn)" t nil)
13465
13466 ;;;***
13467 \f
13468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13469 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13470
13471 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13472 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13473 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13474 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13475 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13476
13477 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13478 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13479
13480 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13481 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13482 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13483 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13484
13485 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13486 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13487 periods.
13488
13489 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13490 in hexl format.
13491
13492 A sample format:
13493
13494 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13495 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13496 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13497 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13498 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13499 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13500 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13501 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13502 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13503 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13504 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13505 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13506 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13507 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13508 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13509
13510 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13511 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13512 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13513
13514 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13515 also supported.
13516
13517 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13518
13519 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13520 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13521 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13522
13523 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13524 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13525 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13526
13527 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13528 into the buffer at the current point.
13529
13530 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13531 into the buffer at the current point.
13532
13533 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13534 into the buffer at the current point.
13535
13536 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13537
13538 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13539 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13540
13541 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13542
13543 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13544
13545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13546
13547 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13548 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13549 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13550 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13551
13552 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13553
13554 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13555 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13556 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13557
13558 \(fn)" t nil)
13559
13560 ;;;***
13561 \f
13562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (20908 27948 216644
13563 ;;;;;; 0))
13564 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13565
13566 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13567 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13568 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13569 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13570 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13571
13572 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13573 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13574 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13575 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13576
13577 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13578 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13579 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13580 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13581
13582 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13583 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13584 which can be called interactively, are:
13585
13586 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13587 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13588
13589 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13590 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13591 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13592 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13593
13594 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13595 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13596
13597 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13598 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13599 available face automatically.
13600
13601 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13602 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13603
13604 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13605 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13606 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13607 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13608 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13609 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13610 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13611 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13612 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13613 function returns t.
13614
13615 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13616 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13617
13618 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13619 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13620 form:
13621 Hi-lock: FOO
13622
13623 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13624 position (number of characters into buffer)
13625 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13626 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13627 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13628
13629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13630
13631 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13632 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13633 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13635 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13636 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13637
13638 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13639
13640 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13641 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13642 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13643 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13644 ARG is omitted or nil.
13645
13646 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13647 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13648 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13649
13650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13651
13652 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13653
13654 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13655 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13656 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13657 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13658 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13659
13660 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13661 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13662 highlighting will not update as you type.
13663
13664 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13665
13666 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13667
13668 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13669 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13670 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13671 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13672 value(s) REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13673
13674 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13675 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13676 highlighting will not update as you type.
13677
13678 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13679
13680 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13681
13682 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13683 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13684 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13685 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13686 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE. When
13687 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13688 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13689 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13690
13691 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13692 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13693 highlighting will not update as you type.
13694
13695 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13696
13697 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13698
13699 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13700 Set face of each match of the symbol at point.
13701 Use `find-tag-default-as-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13702 Use non-nil `hi-lock-auto-select-face' to retrieve the next face
13703 from `hi-lock-face-defaults' automatically.
13704
13705 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight symbol at point.
13706 Otherwise, use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used,
13707 the highlighting will not update as you type.
13708
13709 \(fn)" t nil)
13710
13711 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13712
13713 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13714 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13715 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13716 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13717 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13718 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13719
13720 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13721
13722 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13723 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13724
13725 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13726 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13727 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13728
13729 \(fn)" t nil)
13730
13731 ;;;***
13732 \f
13733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (20709 26818
13734 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13736
13737 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13738 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13739 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13740 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13741 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13742
13743 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13744 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13745 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13746 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13747
13748 `hide-ifdef-env'
13749 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13750 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13751 is used.
13752
13753 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13754 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13755 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13756 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13757 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13758
13759 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13760 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13761 #endif lines when hiding.
13762
13763 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13764 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13765 is activated.
13766
13767 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13768 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13769 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13770
13771 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13772
13773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13774
13775 ;;;***
13776 \f
13777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (20791 9657
13778 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13779 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13780
13781 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13782 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13783 Each element has the form
13784 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13785
13786 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13787 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13788
13789 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13790 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13791
13792 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13793 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13794 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13795 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13796 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13797 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13798
13799 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13800 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13801
13802 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13803 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13804
13805 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13806 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13807 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13808
13809 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13810 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13812 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13813 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13814
13815 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13816 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13817 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13818
13819 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13820 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13821 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13822
13823 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13824 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13825
13826 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13827
13828 Key bindings:
13829 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13830
13831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13832
13833 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13834 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13835
13836 \(fn)" nil nil)
13837
13838 ;;;***
13839 \f
13840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20992 52525 458637
13841 ;;;;;; 0))
13842 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13843
13844 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13845 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13847 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13848 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13849
13850 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13851 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13852 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13853 this on and off.
13854
13855 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13856 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13857 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13858 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13859 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13860 through various faces.
13861 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13862 buffer with the contents of a file
13863 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13864
13865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13866
13867 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13868 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13869 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13870 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13871 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13872
13873 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13874 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13875 in a distinctive face.
13876
13877 The default value can be customized with variable
13878 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13879
13880 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13881
13882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13883
13884 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13885 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13886 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13887
13888 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13889
13890 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13891 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13892
13893 \(fn)" t nil)
13894
13895 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13896 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13897
13898 \(fn)" t nil)
13899
13900 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13901 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13902
13903 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13904 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13905 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13906 shown in the last face in the list.
13907
13908 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13909 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13910 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13911
13912 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13913
13914 \(fn)" t nil)
13915
13916 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13917 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13918
13919 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13920
13921 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13922 to save the file.
13923
13924 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13925 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13926
13927 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13928 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13929 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13930
13931 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13932
13933 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13934 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13935
13936 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13937 this function is called interactively.
13938
13939 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13940 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13941 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13942
13943 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13944 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13945 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13946
13947 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13948
13949 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13950 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13951 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13953 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13954 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13955
13956 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13957
13958 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13959 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13960 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13961 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13962 ARG is omitted or nil.
13963
13964 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13965 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13966 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13967
13968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13969
13970 ;;;***
13971 \f
13972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20992 52525 458637
13973 ;;;;;; 0))
13974 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13975 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13976 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13977 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13978 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13979 or insert functions in this list.")
13980
13981 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13982
13983 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13984 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13985 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13986 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13987 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13988 expansions.
13989 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13990 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13991 undoes the expansion.
13992
13993 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13994
13995 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13996 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13997 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13998 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13999
14000 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14001
14002 ;;;***
14003 \f
14004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (20992 52525 458637
14005 ;;;;;; 0))
14006 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14007
14008 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14009 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14012 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14013
14014 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14015 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14016 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14017 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14018 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14019 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14020
14021 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14022 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14023 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14024 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14025
14026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14027
14028 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14029 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14030 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14033 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14034
14035 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14036
14037 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14038 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14040 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14041 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14042
14043 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14044 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14045 windows.
14046
14047 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14048 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14049
14050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14051
14052 ;;;***
14053 \f
14054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818
14055 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14056 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14057
14058 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14059
14060 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14061 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14062 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14063
14064 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14065
14066 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14067
14068 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14069
14070 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14071 Oriental holidays.
14072 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14073
14074 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14075
14076 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14077
14078 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14079
14080 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14081 Local holidays.
14082 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14083
14084 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14085
14086 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14087
14088 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14089
14090 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14091 User defined holidays.
14092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14093
14094 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14095
14096 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14097
14098 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14099 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14100
14101 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14102
14103 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14104 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14105
14106 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14107
14108 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14109 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14110
14111 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14112
14113 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14114 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14115
14116 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14117
14118 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14119
14120 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14121 Jewish holidays.
14122 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14123
14124 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14125
14126 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14127
14128 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14129
14130 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14131 Christian holidays.
14132 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14133
14134 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14135
14136 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14137
14138 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14139
14140 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14141 Islamic holidays.
14142 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14143
14144 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14145
14146 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14147
14148 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14149
14150 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14151 Bahá'í holidays.
14152 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14153
14154 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14155
14156 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14157
14158 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14159
14160 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14161 Sun-related holidays.
14162 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14163
14164 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14165
14166 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14167
14168 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14169
14170 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14171 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14172 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14173 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14174
14175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14176
14177 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14178 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14179 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14180 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14181 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14182
14183 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14184 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14185
14186 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14187 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14188
14189 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14190 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14191 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14192 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14193 of a holiday list.
14194
14195 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14196
14197 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14198
14199 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14200
14201 ;;;***
14202 \f
14203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20791 9657
14204 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
14205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14206
14207 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14208 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14209
14210 \(fn)" t nil)
14211
14212 ;;;***
14213 \f
14214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20938 49065
14215 ;;;;;; 383398 0))
14216 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14217 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14218 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14219 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14220 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14221 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14222 as possible.
14223
14224 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14225 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14226 fontified display.
14227
14228 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14229 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14230
14231 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14232 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14233 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14234
14235 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14236
14237 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14238 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14239 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14240
14241 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14242
14243 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14244
14245 ;;;***
14246 \f
14247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709 26818 907104
14248 ;;;;;; 0))
14249 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14250
14251 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14252 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14253
14254 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14255 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14256 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14257
14258 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14259 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14260 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14261 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14262 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14263 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14264
14265 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14266 title of the column.
14267
14268 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14269 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14270 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14271 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14272 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14273
14274 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14275
14276 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14277 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14278 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14279 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14280 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14281
14282 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14283 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14284 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14285
14286 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14287
14288 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14289 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14290 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14291 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14292 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14293 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14294
14295 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14296 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14297 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14298 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14299 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14300 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14301 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14302 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14303 values are:
14304 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14305 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14306 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14307 buffer's modification flag.
14308 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14309 prompted before performing this operation.
14310 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14311 operation is complete, in the form:
14312 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14313 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14314 confirmation message, in the form:
14315 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14316 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14317 macro for exactly what it does.
14318
14319 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14320
14321 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14322 Define a filter named NAME.
14323 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14324 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14325 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14326
14327 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14328 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14329 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14330 bound to the current value of the filter.
14331
14332 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14333
14334 ;;;***
14335 \f
14336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20999 25770 522517
14337 ;;;;;; 0))
14338 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14339
14340 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14341 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14342 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14343 buffers which are visiting a file.
14344
14345 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14346
14347 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14348 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14349 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14350 buffers which are visiting a file.
14351
14352 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14353
14354 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14355 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14356 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14357
14358 All arguments are optional.
14359 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14360 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14361 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14362 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14363 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14364 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14365 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14366 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14367 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14368 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14369 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14370 that value locally in this buffer.
14371
14372 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14373
14374 ;;;***
14375 \f
14376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (20709
14377 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
14378 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14379 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14380 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14381 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14382 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14383 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14384
14385 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14386
14387 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14388 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14389 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14390 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14391 ICAL-FILENAME.
14392 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14393 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14394 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14395
14396 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14397
14398 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14399 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14400 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14401 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14402 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14403 non-marking or not.
14404
14405 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14406
14407 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14408 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14409
14410 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14411 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14412 DIARY-FILE.
14413
14414 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14415 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14416 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14417
14418 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14419 non-marking.
14420
14421 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14422 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14423 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14424
14425 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14426
14427 ;;;***
14428 \f
14429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20992 52525 458637
14430 ;;;;;; 0))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14432
14433 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14434 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14435 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14437 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14438 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14439
14440 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14441
14442 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14443 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14444 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14445 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14446 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14447
14448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14449
14450 ;;;***
14451 \f
14452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818 907104
14453 ;;;;;; 0))
14454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14455
14456 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14457 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14458 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14459 Tab indents for Icon code.
14460 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14461 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14462 \\{icon-mode-map}
14463 Variables controlling indentation style:
14464 icon-tab-always-indent
14465 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14466 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14467 icon-auto-newline
14468 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14469 inserted in Icon code.
14470 icon-indent-level
14471 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14472 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14473 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14474 icon-continued-statement-offset
14475 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14476 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14477 icon-continued-brace-offset
14478 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14479 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14480 icon-brace-offset
14481 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14482 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14483 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14484 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14485
14486 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14487 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14488
14489 \(fn)" t nil)
14490
14491 ;;;***
14492 \f
14493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (20938
14494 ;;;;;; 49065 383398 0))
14495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14496
14497 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14498 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14499 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14500 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14501
14502 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14503 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14504 separate frames.
14505
14506 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14507 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14508
14509 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14510 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14511 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14512
14513 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14514
14515 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14516
14517 ;;;***
14518 \f
14519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (20929 34089
14520 ;;;;;; 117790 0))
14521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14522 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14523 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14524 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14525
14526 The main features of this mode are
14527
14528 1. Indentation and Formatting
14529 --------------------------
14530 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14531 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14532
14533 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14534 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14535 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14536 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14537
14538 Comments are indented as follows:
14539
14540 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14541 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14542 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14543
14544 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14545
14546 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14547 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14548 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14549 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14550 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14551 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14552
14553 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14554 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14555 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14556 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14557
14558 2. Routine Info
14559 ------------
14560 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14561 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14562 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14563 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14564 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14565 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14566 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14567 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14568 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14569 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14570
14571 3. Online IDL Help
14572 ---------------
14573
14574 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14575 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14576 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14577 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14578
14579 4. Completion
14580 ----------
14581 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14582 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14583 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14584 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14585 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14586 upper case.
14587
14588 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14589 --------------------------------
14590 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14591 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14592
14593 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14594 \\fu FUNCTION template
14595 \\c CASE statement template
14596 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14597 \\f FOR loop template
14598 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14599 \\w WHILE loop template
14600 \\i IF statement template
14601 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14602 \\b BEGIN
14603
14604 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14605 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14606
14607 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14608 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14609 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14610 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14611
14612 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14613 -------------------------
14614 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14615 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14616
14617 7. Automatic END completion
14618 ------------------------
14619 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14620 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14621
14622 8. Hooks
14623 -----
14624 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14625 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14626
14627 9. Documentation and Customization
14628 -------------------------------
14629 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14630 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14631 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14632 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14633 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14634
14635 10.Keybindings
14636 -----------
14637 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14638 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14639 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14640
14641 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14642
14643 \(fn)" t nil)
14644
14645 ;;;***
14646 \f
14647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (20996 49577 892030 0))
14648 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14649
14650 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14651 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14652 The following values are possible:
14653 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14654 displaying...)
14655 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14656 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14657 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
14658
14659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14660 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14661
14662 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14663
14664 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14665 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14666 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14667 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14668 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14669 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14670 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14671 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14672 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14673
14674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14675
14676 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14677 Switch to another buffer.
14678 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14679 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14680 in another frame.
14681
14682 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14683 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14684 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14685 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14686 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14687
14688 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14689 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14690
14691 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14692
14693 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14694 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14695 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14696 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14697 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14698 in a separate window.
14699 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14700 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14701 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14702 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14703 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14704 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14705 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14706 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14707 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14708
14709 \(fn)" t nil)
14710
14711 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14712 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14713 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14714 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14715
14716 \(fn)" t nil)
14717
14718 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14719 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14720 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14721 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14722
14723 \(fn)" t nil)
14724
14725 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14726 Kill a buffer.
14727 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14728 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14729
14730 \(fn)" t nil)
14731
14732 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14733 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14734 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14735 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14736
14737 \(fn)" t nil)
14738
14739 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14740 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14741 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14742 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14743
14744 \(fn)" t nil)
14745
14746 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14747 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14748
14749 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14750
14751 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14752 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14753 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14754 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14755 visible in another frame.
14756
14757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14758 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14759 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14760 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14761 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14762 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14763
14764 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14765 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14766
14767 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14768
14769 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14770 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14771 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14772 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14773 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14774 in a separate window.
14775 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14776 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14777 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14778 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14779 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14780 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14781 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14782 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14783 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14784 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14785 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14786 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14787 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14788 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14789 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14790
14791 \(fn)" t nil)
14792
14793 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14794 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14795 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14796 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14797
14798 \(fn)" t nil)
14799
14800 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14801 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14802 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14803 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14804
14805 \(fn)" t nil)
14806
14807 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14808 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14809 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14810 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14811
14812 \(fn)" t nil)
14813
14814 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14815 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14816 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14817 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14818
14819 \(fn)" t nil)
14820
14821 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14822 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14823 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14824 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14825
14826 \(fn)" t nil)
14827
14828 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14829 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14830 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14831 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14832
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14834
14835 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14836 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14837 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14838 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14839
14840 \(fn)" t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14843 Write current buffer to a file.
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14845 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14846
14847 \(fn)" t nil)
14848
14849 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14850 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14851 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14852 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14853
14854 \(fn)" t nil)
14855
14856 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14857 Call `dired' the ido way.
14858 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14859 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14860
14861 \(fn)" t nil)
14862
14863 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14864 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14865 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14866 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14867 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14868 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14869
14870 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14871
14872 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14873 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14874 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14875 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14876
14877 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14878
14879 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14880 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14881 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14882 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14883
14884 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14885
14886 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14887 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14888 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14889 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14890 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14891 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14892 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14893 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14894 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14895 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14896 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14897 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14898 with point positioned at the end.
14899 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14900 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14901
14902 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14903
14904 ;;;***
14905 \f
14906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (20903 10024 645978 0))
14907 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14908
14909 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14910 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14911 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14912
14913 \(fn)" t nil)
14914
14915 ;;;***
14916 \f
14917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14918 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14919
14920 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14921
14922 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14923 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14925 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14926 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14927 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14928
14929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14930
14931 ;;;***
14932 \f
14933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21005 64551 555603 0))
14934 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14935
14936 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14937 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14938 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14939 be determined.
14940
14941 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14942
14943 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14944 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14945 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14946 be determined.
14947
14948 \(fn)" nil nil)
14949
14950 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14951 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14952 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14953 be determined.
14954
14955 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14956
14957 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14958 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14959 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14960 be determined.
14961
14962 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14963
14964 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14965 Determine and return image type.
14966 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14967 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14968 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14969 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14970 use its file extension as image type.
14971 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14972
14973 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14974
14975 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14976 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14977 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14978
14979 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14980
14981 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14982 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14983 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14984
14985 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14986 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14987 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14988 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14989 must be available.
14990
14991 \(fn)" nil nil)
14992
14993 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14994 Create an image.
14995 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14996 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14997 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14998 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14999 use its file extension as image type.
15000 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15001 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15002 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15003 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15004
15005 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15006
15007 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15008 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15009 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15010
15011 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15012
15013 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15014 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15015 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15016 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15017 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15018 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15019 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15020 POS may be an integer or marker.
15021 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15022 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15023 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15024 means display it in the right marginal area.
15025
15026 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15027
15028 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15029 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15030 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15031 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15032 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15033 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15034 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15035 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15036 means display it in the right marginal area.
15037 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15038 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15039 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15040 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15041 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15042
15043 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15044
15045 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15046 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15047 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15048 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15049 STRING is a single space.
15050 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15051 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15052 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15053 means display it in the right marginal area.
15054 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15055
15056 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15057
15058 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15059 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15060 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15061 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15062
15063 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15064
15065 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15066 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15067
15068 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15069
15070 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15071 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15072 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15073 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15074 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15075 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15076 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15077 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15078 satisfied.
15079
15080 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15081
15082 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15083
15084 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15085
15086 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15087 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15088
15089 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15090 documentation string.
15091
15092 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15093 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15094 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15095 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15096 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15097 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15098 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15099 define SYMBOL.
15100
15101 Example:
15102
15103 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15104 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15105
15106 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15107
15108 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15109
15110 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15111 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15112 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15113 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15114
15115 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15116 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15117 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15118 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15119
15120 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15121
15122 \(fn)" nil nil)
15123
15124 ;;;***
15125 \f
15126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20971 46377
15127 ;;;;;; 737658 0))
15128 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15129 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15130 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15131 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15132 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15133 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15134 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15135 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15136
15137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15138
15139 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15140 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15141
15142 Convenience command that:
15143
15144 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15145 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15146 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15147
15148 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15149 image files in dired and type
15150 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15151
15152 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15153
15154 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15155 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15156
15157 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15158
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15160 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15161 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15162 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15163 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15164 another one).
15165
15166 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15167 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15168 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15169
15170 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15171 instead of erasing it first.
15172
15173 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15174 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15175 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15176 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15177 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15178 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15179
15180 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15181
15182 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15183 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15184 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15185 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15186 displayed.
15187
15188 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15189
15190 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15191
15192 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15193
15194 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15195 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15196
15197 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15198
15199 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15200 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15201 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15202
15203 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15204
15205 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15206 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15207
15208 \(fn)" t nil)
15209
15210 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15211 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15212 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15213 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15214
15215 \(fn)" t nil)
15216
15217 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15218 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15219
15220 \(fn)" t nil)
15221
15222 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15223 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15224
15225 \(fn)" t nil)
15226
15227 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15228 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15229
15230 \(fn)" t nil)
15231
15232 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15233 Display current image file.
15234 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15235 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15236
15237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15238
15239 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15240 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15241
15242 \(fn)" t nil)
15243
15244 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15245 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15246 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15247 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15248 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15249 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15250 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15251
15252 \(fn)" t nil)
15253
15254 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15255 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15256 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15257 easy-to-use form.
15258
15259 \(fn)" t nil)
15260
15261 ;;;***
15262 \f
15263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
15264 ;;;;;; 0))
15265 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15266
15267 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15268 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15269 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15270 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15271
15272 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15273 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15274 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15275 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15276
15277 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15278
15279 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15280 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15281 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15282 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15283
15284 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15285 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15286 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15287 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15288
15289 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15290
15291 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15292 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15293
15294 \(fn)" nil nil)
15295
15296 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15297 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15298 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15299 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15300
15301 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15302
15303 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15304 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15305 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15306 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15307 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15308 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15309
15310 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15311
15312 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15313 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15315 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15316 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15317
15318 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15319 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15320 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15321
15322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15323
15324 ;;;***
15325 \f
15326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21005 64551 555603
15327 ;;;;;; 0))
15328 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15329
15330 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15331 Major mode for image files.
15332 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15333 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15334
15335 Key bindings:
15336 \\{image-mode-map}
15337
15338 \(fn)" t nil)
15339
15340 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15341 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15342 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15343 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15344 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15345
15346 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15347 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15348 actual image.
15349
15350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15351
15352 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15353 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15354 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15355 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15356 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15357 to display an image file as the actual image.
15358
15359 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15360 to display an image file as text initially.
15361
15362 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15363 on these modes.
15364
15365 \(fn)" t nil)
15366
15367 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15368
15369
15370 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15371
15372 ;;;***
15373 \f
15374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (20784 36406 653593 0))
15375 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15376
15377 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15378 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15379
15380 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15381
15382 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15383 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15384 in the buffer.
15385
15386 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15387
15388 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15389 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15390 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15391
15392 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15393
15394 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15395 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15396 Each element of this list should have the form
15397
15398 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15399
15400 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15401 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15402 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15403 matches are put).
15404 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15405 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15406 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15407 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15408 another element.
15409 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15410 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15411 the menu item.
15412 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15413 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15414 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15415 the ARGUMENTS.
15416
15417 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15418 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15419 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15420
15421 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15422 create a buffer index.
15423
15424 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15425 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15426 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15427 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15428 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15429
15430 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15431
15432 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15433 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15434
15435 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15436 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15437 called within a `save-excursion'.
15438
15439 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15440
15441 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15442
15443 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15444 Function for finding the next index position.
15445
15446 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15447 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15448 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15449 file.
15450
15451 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15452 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15453
15454 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15455
15456 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15457 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15458
15459 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15460 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15461 It should return the name for that index item.")
15462
15463 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15464
15465 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15466 Function to compare string with index item.
15467
15468 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15469 non-nil if they match.
15470
15471 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15472 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15473 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15474 arguments match\".")
15475
15476 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15477
15478 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15479 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15480 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15481
15482 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15483 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15484
15485 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15486
15487 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15488
15489 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15490 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15491 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15492 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15493
15494 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15495
15496 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15497 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15498
15499 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15500
15501 \(fn)" t nil)
15502
15503 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15504 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15505 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15506 for more information.
15507
15508 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15509
15510 ;;;***
15511 \f
15512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20826 45095
15513 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
15514 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15515
15516 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15517 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15518
15519 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15520
15521 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15522
15523
15524 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15525
15526 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15527
15528
15529 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15530
15531 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15532
15533
15534 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15535
15536 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15537 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15538
15539 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15540
15541 ;;;***
15542 \f
15543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20774 53405
15544 ;;;;;; 644725 888000))
15545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15546
15547 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15548 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15549 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15550 to that buffer.
15551 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15552 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15553 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15554 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15555
15556 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15557
15558 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15559
15560 ;;;***
15561 \f
15562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
15563 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15564
15565 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15566 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15567 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15568 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15569 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15570 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15571 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15572 first in this list.
15573
15574 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15575 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15576 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15577 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15578 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15579
15580 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15581 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15582 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15583
15584 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15585 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15586
15587 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15588 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15589
15590 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15591 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15592 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15593 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15594 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15595 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15596 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15597 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15598 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15599 with the top-level Info directory.
15600
15601 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15602 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15603
15604 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15605 \"*info*<%s>\".
15606
15607 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15608 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15609 in all the directories in that path.
15610
15611 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15612
15613 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15614
15615 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15616 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15617
15618 \(fn)" t nil)
15619
15620 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15621 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15622
15623 \(fn)" t nil)
15624
15625 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15626 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15627 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15628 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15629
15630 \(fn)" nil nil)
15631
15632 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15633 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15634 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15635 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15636
15637 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15638
15639 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15640 Go to the Info directory node.
15641
15642 \(fn)" t nil)
15643
15644 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15645 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15646 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15647 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15648 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15649 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15650
15651 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15652
15653 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15654 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15655 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15656
15657 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15658
15659 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15660 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15661 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15662 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15663 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15664
15665 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15666
15667 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15668 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15669 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15670 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15671 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15672
15673 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15674 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15675
15676 Selecting other nodes:
15677 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15678 Follow a node reference you click on.
15679 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15680 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15681 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15682 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15683 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15684 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15685 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15686 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15687 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15688 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15689 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15690 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15691 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15692 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15693 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15694 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15695 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15696 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15697 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15698 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15699
15700 Moving within a node:
15701 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15702 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15703 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15704 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15705 move up to the parent node.
15706 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15707 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15708 if there is none.
15709 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15710
15711 Advanced commands:
15712 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15713 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15714 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15715 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15716 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15717 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15718 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15719 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15720 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15721 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15722 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15723 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15724 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15725 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15726 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15727 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15728
15729 \(fn)" t nil)
15730 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15731
15732 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15733 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15734 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15735 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15736 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15737 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15738
15739 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15740 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15741
15742 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15743 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15744 KEY is a string.
15745 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15746 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15747 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15748 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15749
15750 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15751
15752 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15753 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15754 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15755
15756 \(fn)" t nil)
15757
15758 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15759 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15760 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15761
15762 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15763
15764 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15765 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15766 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15767 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15768
15769 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15770
15771 ;;;***
15772 \f
15773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (20854 24486 190633
15774 ;;;;;; 0))
15775 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15776
15777 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15778 Throw away all cached data.
15779 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15780 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15781 system.
15782
15783 \(fn)" t nil)
15784 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15785
15786 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15787 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15788 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15789 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15790 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15791 one found at point.
15792
15793 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15794
15795 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15796 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15797
15798 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15799 Display the documentation of a file.
15800 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15801 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15802 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15803 The default file name is the one found at point.
15804
15805 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15806
15807 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15808
15809 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15810 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15811
15812 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15813
15814 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15815 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15816
15817 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15818
15819 ;;;***
15820 \f
15821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (20947 64044 876888
15822 ;;;;;; 0))
15823 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15824 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15825 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15826 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15827 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15828 current info file is the default.
15829
15830 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15831 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15832 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15833 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15834 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15835
15836 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15837 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15838 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15839 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15840 mistake in the reference.
15841
15842 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15843 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15844 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15845
15846 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15847 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15848 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15849 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15850
15851 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15852
15853 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15854 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15855 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15856 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15857 checked.
15858
15859 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15860 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15861 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15862 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15863 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15864 should be harmless.
15865
15866 \(fn)" t nil)
15867
15868 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15869 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15870 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15871 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15872
15873 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15874 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15875 and can take a long time.
15876
15877 \(fn)" t nil)
15878
15879 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15880 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15881 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15882
15883 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15884
15885 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15886 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15887
15888 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15889 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15890 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15891 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15892 all builtins).
15893
15894 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15895 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15896 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15897 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15898 the sources handy.
15899
15900 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15901
15902 ;;;***
15903 \f
15904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067
15905 ;;;;;; 0))
15906 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15907
15908 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15909 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15910
15911 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15912
15913 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15914 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15915
15916 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15917
15918 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15919 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15920 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15921 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15922
15923 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15924 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15925 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15926
15927 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15928 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15929 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15930 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15931
15932 \(fn)" t nil)
15933
15934 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15935 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15936 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15937
15938 \(fn)" t nil)
15939
15940 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15941 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15942 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15943 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15944 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15945
15946 \(fn)" nil nil)
15947
15948 ;;;***
15949 \f
15950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (20745 310
15951 ;;;;;; 425822 0))
15952 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15953 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15954 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15955 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15956 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15957
15958 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15959
15960 ;;;***
15961 \f
15962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (20922
15963 ;;;;;; 60838 997229 0))
15964 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15965
15966 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15967 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15968
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15970
15971 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15972 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15973
15974 \(fn)" t nil)
15975
15976 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15977
15978
15979 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15980
15981 ;;;***
15982 \f
15983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709 26818 907104
15984 ;;;;;; 0))
15985 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15986 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15987 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15988 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15989 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15990 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15991 accessed via isearchb.
15992
15993 \(fn)" t nil)
15994
15995 ;;;***
15996 \f
15997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (20791
15998 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
15999 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16000
16001 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16002 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16003 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16004 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16005 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16006
16007 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16008
16009 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16011 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16012 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16013 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16014
16015 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16016
16017 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16018 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16019 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16020 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16021 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16022
16023 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16024
16025 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16026 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16027 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16028 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16029 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16030
16031 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16032
16033 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16034 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16035 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16036 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16037 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16038
16039 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16040
16041 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16042 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16043 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16044 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16045 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16046
16047 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16048
16049 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16050 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16051 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16052 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16053 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16054
16055 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16056
16057 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16058 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16059 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16060 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16061
16062 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16063
16064 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16065 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16066 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16067 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16068
16069 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16070
16071 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16072 Warn that format is read-only.
16073
16074 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16075
16076 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16077 Warn that format is write-only.
16078
16079 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16080
16081 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16082 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16083
16084 \(fn)" t nil)
16085
16086 ;;;***
16087 \f
16088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16089 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
16090 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16091 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16092 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16093
16094 ;;;***
16095 \f
16096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20992 52525
16097 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
16098 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16099
16100 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16101
16102 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16103 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16104 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16105 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16106 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16107
16108 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16109
16110 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16111
16112 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16113 Key map for ispell menu.")
16114
16115 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16116 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16117 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16118 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16119
16120 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16121
16122 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16123
16124 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16125
16126 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16127
16128 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16129 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16130 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16131 Valid forms include:
16132 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16133 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16134 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16135 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16136
16137 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16138 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16139 First list is used raw.
16140 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16141
16142 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16143 for skipping in latex mode.")
16144
16145 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16146 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16147 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16148 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16149 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16150 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16151 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16152
16153 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16154 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16155 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16156 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16157
16158 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16159 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16160 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16161 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16162 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16163
16164 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16165 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16166
16167 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16168 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16169
16170 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16171 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16172
16173 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16174 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16175
16176 Return values:
16177 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16178 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16179 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16180 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16181 quit spell session exited.
16182
16183 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16184
16185 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16186 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16187 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16188
16189 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16190
16191 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16192 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16193
16194 Selections are:
16195
16196 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16197 SPC: Accept word this time.
16198 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16199 `a': Accept word for this session.
16200 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16201 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16202 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16203 `?': Show these commands.
16204 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16205 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16206 the aborted check to be completed later.
16207 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16208 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16209 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16210 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16211 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16212 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16213 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16214
16215 \(fn)" nil nil)
16216
16217 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16218 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16219 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16220 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16221
16222 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16223
16224 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16225 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16226 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16227 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16228
16229 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16230
16231 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16232
16233 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16234 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16235 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16236 amount for last line processed.
16237
16238 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16239
16240 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16241 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16242
16243 \(fn)" t nil)
16244
16245 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16246 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16247
16248 \(fn)" t nil)
16249
16250 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16251 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16252 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16253
16254 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16255
16256 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16257 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16258
16259 \(fn)" t nil)
16260
16261 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16262 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16263 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16264 sequence inside of a word.
16265
16266 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16267
16268 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16269
16270 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16271 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16272
16273 \(fn)" t nil)
16274
16275 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16276 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16277 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16278 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16279
16280 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16281 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16282 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16283 available on the net.
16284
16285 \(fn)" t nil)
16286
16287 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16288 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16290 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16291 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16292
16293 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16294 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16295 spelled.
16296
16297 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16298 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16299 SPC.
16300
16301 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16302 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16303
16304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16305
16306 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16307 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16308 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16309 Don't check included messages.
16310
16311 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16312 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16313 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16314
16315 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16316 in your init file:
16317 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16318 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16319 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16320 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16321
16322 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16323 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16324 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16325
16326 \(fn)" t nil)
16327
16328 ;;;***
16329 \f
16330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20824 3367 300658
16331 ;;;;;; 0))
16332 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16333
16334 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16335 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16336 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16338 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16339 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16340
16341 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16342
16343 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16344 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16345 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16346 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16347 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16348
16349 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16350 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16351
16352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16353
16354 ;;;***
16355 \f
16356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709
16357 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16359
16360 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16361
16362
16363 \(fn)" nil nil)
16364
16365 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16366 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16367 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16368 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16369 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16370 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16371 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16372 necessary to represent OBJ.
16373
16374 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16375
16376 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16378 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16379 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16380
16381 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16382
16383 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16384 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16385 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16386 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16387 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16388
16389 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16390
16391 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16392 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16393 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16394 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16395
16396 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16397
16398 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16399 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16400 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16401 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16402
16403 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16404
16405 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16406 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16407
16408 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16409
16410 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16411 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16412 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16413 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16414 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16415
16416 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16417
16418 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16419 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16420 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16421 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16422 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16423
16424 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16425
16426 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16427 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16428 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16429
16430 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16431
16432 ;;;***
16433 \f
16434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (20998 4934 952905
16435 ;;;;;; 0))
16436 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16437
16438 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16439 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16440 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16441 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16442
16443 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16444
16445
16446 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16447
16448 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16449 Uninstall jka-compr.
16450 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16451 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16452 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16453
16454 \(fn)" nil nil)
16455
16456 ;;;***
16457 \f
16458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
16459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16460 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16461 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16462 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16463
16464 \(fn)" t nil)
16465 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16466
16467 ;;;***
16468 \f
16469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
16470 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16471 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16472 ;;;***
16473 \f
16474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (20709 26818
16475 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
16476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16477
16478 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16479 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16480 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16481 decimal key must be specified.")
16482
16483 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16484
16485 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16486 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16487 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16488 decimal key must be specified.")
16489
16490 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16491
16492 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16493 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16494 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16495 decimal key must be specified.")
16496
16497 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16498
16499 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16500 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16501 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16502 decimal key must be specified.")
16503
16504 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16505
16506 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16507 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16508 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16509 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16510 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16511 keys are bound.
16512
16513 Setup Binding
16514 -------------------------------------------------------------
16515 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16516 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16517 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16518 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16519 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16520 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16521 in the global and local keymaps.
16522
16523 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16524 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16525
16526 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16527
16528 ;;;***
16529 \f
16530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (20709
16531 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16532 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16533
16534 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16535 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16536 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16537
16538 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16539 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16540 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16541 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16542 shorter.
16543
16544 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16545 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16546 the context of text formatting.
16547
16548 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16549
16550 ;;;***
16551 \f
16552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20998 4934 952905
16553 ;;;;;; 0))
16554 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16555
16556 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16557 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16558 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16559 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16560 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16561 positions that contains the current selection.")
16562
16563 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16564 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16565 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16566 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16567 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16568 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16569 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16570
16571 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16572
16573 ;;;***
16574 \f
16575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20830 42150 757296 0))
16576 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16577 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16578 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16579 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16580 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16581 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16582 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16583 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16584
16585 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16586 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16587
16588 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16589
16590 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16591 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16592 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16593 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16594 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16595
16596 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16597
16598 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16599 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16600 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16601
16602 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16603 defining the macro.
16604
16605 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16606 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16607 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16608
16609 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16610 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16611
16612 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16613
16614 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16615 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16616 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16617 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16618 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16619 under that name.
16620
16621 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16622 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16623 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16624
16625 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16626
16627 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16628 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16629 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16630 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16631
16632 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16633 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16634 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16635 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16636
16637 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16638 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16639
16640 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16641
16642 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16643 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16644 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16645
16646 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16647 macro.
16648
16649 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16650 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16651
16652 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16653 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16654 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16655
16656 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16657 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16658
16659 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16660
16661 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16662 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16663 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16664 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16665
16666 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16667
16668 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16669 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16670 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16671 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16672
16673 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16674 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16675
16676 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16677
16678 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16679 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16680 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16681
16682 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16683
16684 ;;;***
16685 \f
16686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (20709
16687 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16688 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16689
16690 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16691 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16692 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16693
16694 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16695
16696
16697 \(fn)" nil nil)
16698
16699 ;;;***
16700 \f
16701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (20992 52525
16702 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
16703 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16704
16705 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16706
16707 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16708 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16709
16710 \(fn)" t nil)
16711
16712 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16713 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16714 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16715 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16716
16717 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16718 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16719 none / 1 | yes | no
16720 2 | yes | yes
16721 3 | no | yes
16722 4 | no | no
16723
16724 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16725 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16726 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16727
16728 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16729
16730 ;;;***
16731 \f
16732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20826 45095
16733 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
16734 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16735
16736 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16737
16738
16739 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16740
16741 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16742 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16743 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16744 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16745 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16746 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16747
16748 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16749 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16750
16751 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16752
16753 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16754 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16755
16756 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16757
16758 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16759
16760
16761 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16762
16763 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16764
16765
16766 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16767
16768 ;;;***
16769 \f
16770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20799
16771 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
16772 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16773
16774 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16775 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16776 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16777 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16778
16779 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16780
16781 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16782 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16783 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16784
16785 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16786
16787 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16788 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16789 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16790
16791 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16792
16793 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16794 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16795 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16796 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16797
16798 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16799
16800 ;;;***
16801 \f
16802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16803 ;;;;;; (20826 45095 436233 0))
16804 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16805
16806 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16807 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16808 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16809 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16810 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16811 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16812 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16813 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16814
16815 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16816 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16817
16818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16819 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16820
16821 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16822
16823 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16824 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16825 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16826 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16827 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16828 `latin1-display-setup'.
16829
16830 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16831
16832 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16833 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16834 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16835 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16836
16837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16838 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16839
16840 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16841
16842 ;;;***
16843 \f
16844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (20874
16845 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
16846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16847
16848 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16849 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16850
16851 \(fn)" t nil)
16852
16853 ;;;***
16854 \f
16855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
16856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16857
16858 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16859 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16860 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16861 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16862 generations (this defaults to 1).
16863
16864 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16865
16866 ;;;***
16867 \f
16868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16869 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16870 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16871 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16872 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16874 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16875 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16876
16877 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16878
16879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16880
16881 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16882 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16883 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16884 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16885 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16886 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16887
16888 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16889
16890 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16891 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16892 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16893 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16894 ARG is omitted or nil.
16895
16896 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16897 `linum-on' would do it.
16898 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16899
16900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16901
16902 ;;;***
16903 \f
16904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20709 26818 907104
16905 ;;;;;; 0))
16906 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16907
16908 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16909 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16910 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16911 is nil, raise an error.
16912
16913 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16914 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16915 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16916 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16917 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16918 defined by the library.
16919
16920 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16921 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16922 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16923 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16924 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16925 proceeds.
16926
16927 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16928 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16929 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16930 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16931
16932 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16933
16934 ;;;***
16935 \f
16936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
16937 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16938
16939 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16940 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16941 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16942
16943 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16944
16945 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16946 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16947 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16948 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16949
16950 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16951 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16952 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16953 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16954 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16955 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16956 the version.)
16957
16958 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16959 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16960
16961 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16962 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16963
16964 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16965 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16966
16967 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16968
16969 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16970 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16971 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16972 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16973 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16974 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16975 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16976 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16977 to constrain a big search.
16978
16979 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16980
16981 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16982 except that FILTER is not optional.
16983
16984 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16985
16986 ;;;***
16987 \f
16988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20721 17977 14204
16989 ;;;;;; 0))
16990 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16991
16992 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16993 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16994 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16995 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16996 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16997 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16998 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16999 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17000 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17001 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17002
17003 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17004 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17005 associated values:
17006 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17007 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17008 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17009 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17010 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17011
17012 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17013 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17014 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17015
17016 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17017
17018 ;;;***
17019 \f
17020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20986 13739 89657
17021 ;;;;;; 0))
17022 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17023
17024 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17025 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17026
17027 \(fn)" t nil)
17028
17029 ;;;***
17030 \f
17031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (20975 43430 521692 0))
17032 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17033
17034 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17035 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17036
17037 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17038 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17039
17040 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17041 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17042 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17043
17044 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17045 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17046
17047 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17048 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17049 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17050 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17051 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17052 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17053 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17054
17055 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17056
17057 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17058 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17059 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17060 switch on this list.
17061 See `lpr-command'.")
17062
17063 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17064
17065 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17066 Name of program for printing a file.
17067
17068 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17069 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17070 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17071 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17072 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17073 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17074 argument.")
17075
17076 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17077
17078 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17079 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17080 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17081 for customization of the printer command.
17082
17083 \(fn)" t nil)
17084
17085 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17086 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17087
17088 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17089 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17090 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17091 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17092
17093 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17094 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17095
17096 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17097 for further customization of the printer command.
17098
17099 \(fn)" t nil)
17100
17101 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17102 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17103 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17104 for customization of the printer command.
17105
17106 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17107
17108 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17109 Paginate and print the region contents.
17110
17111 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17112 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17113 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17114 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17115
17116 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17117 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17118
17119 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17120 for further customization of the printer command.
17121
17122 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17123
17124 ;;;***
17125 \f
17126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (20870 12718 549931
17127 ;;;;;; 0))
17128 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17129
17130 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17131 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17132 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17133
17134 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17135
17136 ;;;***
17137 \f
17138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709 26818 907104
17139 ;;;;;; 0))
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17141
17142 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17143 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17144 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17145 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17146
17147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17148
17149 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17150
17151 ;;;***
17152 \f
17153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20874 62962
17154 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
17155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17156
17157 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17158 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17159
17160 \(fn)" t nil)
17161
17162 ;;;***
17163 \f
17164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17165 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17166
17167 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17168 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17169 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17170 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17171 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17172
17173 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17174
17175 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17176 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17177 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17178 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17179
17180 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17181 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17182 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17183 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17184 bindings.
17185
17186 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17187 use this command, and then save the file.
17188
17189 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17190
17191 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17192 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17193 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17194 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17195 each time the macro executes.
17196 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17197 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17198 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17199 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17200 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17201 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17202 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17203
17204 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17205
17206 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17207 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17208 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17209 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17210
17211 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17212 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17213 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17214 execute.
17215
17216 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17217 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17218
17219 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17220 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17221 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17222 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17223 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17224
17225 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17226 looked like this:
17227
17228 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17229 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17230 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17231
17232 You could enter the names in this format:
17233
17234 foo
17235 bar
17236 baz
17237
17238 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17239
17240 \\C-x (
17241 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17242 \\C-x )
17243
17244 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17245 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17246
17247 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17248 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17249
17250 ;;;***
17251 \f
17252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818
17253 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17255
17256 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17257 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17258 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17259 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17260 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17261 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17262
17263 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17264 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17265 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17266 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17267 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17268
17269 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17270 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17271 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17272 consing a string.)
17273
17274 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17275
17276 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17277 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17278
17279 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17280
17281 ;;;***
17282 \f
17283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (20709 26818
17284 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17286
17287 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17288 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17289
17290 \(fn)" nil nil)
17291
17292 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17293
17294
17295 \(fn)" nil nil)
17296
17297 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17298 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17299
17300 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17301
17302 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17303 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17304 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17305 message.
17306
17307 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17308
17309 \(fn)" nil nil)
17310
17311 ;;;***
17312 \f
17313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20891 18859
17314 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
17315 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17316
17317 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17318 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17319 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17320 often correct parser.")
17321
17322 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17323
17324 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17325 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17326 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17327 a value which excludes your own email address.
17328
17329 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17330 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17331
17332 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17333
17334 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17335 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17336
17337 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17338
17339 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17340 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17341 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17342 we return it unconverted.
17343
17344 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17345 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17346
17347 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17348
17349 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17350 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17351 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17352 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17353
17354 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17355
17356 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17357 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17358 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17359 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17360
17361 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17362
17363 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17364 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17365 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17366 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17367 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17368 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17369 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17370 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17371 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17372 as Rmail does.
17373
17374 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17375
17376 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17377 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17378 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17379 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17380 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17381 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17382 matches may be returned from the message body.
17383
17384 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17385
17386 ;;;***
17387 \f
17388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20847 51240
17389 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
17390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17391
17392 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17393 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17394 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17396 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17397 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17398
17399 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17400
17401 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17402 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17403 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17404 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17405 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17406
17407 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17408 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17409 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17410 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17411
17412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17413
17414 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17415 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17416
17417 \(fn)" nil nil)
17418
17419 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17420 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17421 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17422
17423 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17424
17425 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17426 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17427 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17428
17429 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17430 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17431 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17432 double-quotes.
17433
17434 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17435
17436 ;;;***
17437 \f
17438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20970 25513
17439 ;;;;;; 362767 0))
17440 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17441
17442 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17443 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17444 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17445 king@grassland.com
17446 If `parens', they look like:
17447 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17448 If `angles', they look like:
17449 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17450
17451 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17452
17453 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17454 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17455 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17456 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17457 their `Resent-' variants.
17458
17459 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17460 removed from alias expansions.
17461
17462 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17463
17464 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17465 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17466 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17467
17468 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17469 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17470 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17471 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17472
17473 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17474
17475 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17476 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17477 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17478
17479 \(fn)" nil nil)
17480
17481 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17482 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17483 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17484 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17485
17486 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17487
17488 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17489
17490 ;;;***
17491 \f
17492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (20709 26818
17493 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17495
17496 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17497 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17498 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17499 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17500
17501 \(fn)" nil nil)
17502
17503 ;;;***
17504 \f
17505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20924
17506 ;;;;;; 16196 967284 0))
17507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17508
17509 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17510 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17511
17512 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17513 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17514 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17515 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17516 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17517 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17518
17519 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17520 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17521 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17522 dependency, despite the colon.
17523
17524 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17525
17526 In the browser, use the following keys:
17527
17528 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17529
17530 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17531
17532 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17533 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17534
17535 `makefile-target-colon':
17536 The string that gets appended to all target names
17537 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17538 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17539
17540 `makefile-macro-assign':
17541 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17542 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17543 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17544 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17545 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17546 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17547
17548 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17549 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17550 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17551
17552 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17553 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17554
17555 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17556 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17557 up or down in the browser.
17558
17559 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17560 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17561
17562 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17563 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17564
17565 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17566 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17567 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17568 has been selected in the browser.
17569
17570 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17571 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17572 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17573 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17574 filenames are omitted.
17575
17576 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17577 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17578 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17579 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17580 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17581 the backslash itself intact.
17582 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17583 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17584
17585 `makefile-browser-hook':
17586 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17587 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17588
17589 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17590 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17591 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17592 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17593
17594 \(fn)" t nil)
17595
17596 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17597 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17598
17599 \(fn)" t nil)
17600
17601 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17602 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17603
17604 \(fn)" t nil)
17605
17606 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17607 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17608
17609 \(fn)" t nil)
17610
17611 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17612 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17613
17614 \(fn)" t nil)
17615
17616 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17617 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17618
17619 \(fn)" t nil)
17620
17621 ;;;***
17622 \f
17623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709 26818 907104
17624 ;;;;;; 0))
17625 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17626
17627 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17628 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17629 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17630
17631 \(fn)" t nil)
17632
17633 ;;;***
17634 \f
17635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (20888 42662 256824 0))
17636 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17637
17638 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17639
17640 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17641 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17642 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17643 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17644 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17645 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17646 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17647 page, it will display immediately.
17648
17649 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17650 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17651 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17652
17653 cat(1)
17654 1 cat
17655
17656 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17657 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17658 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17659 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17660
17661 -a chmod
17662
17663 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17664 otherwise look like a page name.
17665
17666 /my/file/name.1.gz
17667 -l somefile.1
17668
17669 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17670 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17671 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17672
17673 -k pattern
17674
17675 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17676
17677 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17678 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17679
17680 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17681
17682 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17683 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17684
17685 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17686
17687 ;;;***
17688 \f
17689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (20884 7264 912957 506000))
17690 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17691 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17692 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17693 Toggle Master mode.
17694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17695 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17696 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17697
17698 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17699 using the following commands:
17700
17701 \\{master-mode-map}
17702
17703 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17704 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17705 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17706
17707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17708
17709 ;;;***
17710 \f
17711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (20709 26818 907104
17712 ;;;;;; 0))
17713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17714
17715 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17716 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17717 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17720 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17721
17722 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17723
17724 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17725 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17727 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17728 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17729
17730 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17731 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17732 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17733 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17734
17735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17736
17737 ;;;***
17738 \f
17739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17740 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17741 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17742 ;;;***
17743 \f
17744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (20986 60038 720063
17745 ;;;;;; 0))
17746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17747
17748 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17749
17750 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17751 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17752 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17753 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17754 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17755 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17756 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17757 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17758 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17759 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17760 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17761 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17762 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17763 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17764 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17765 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17766 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17767 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17768 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17769 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17770 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17771 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17772 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17773 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17774 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17775 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17776 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17777 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17778 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17779 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17780 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17781 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17782 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17783 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17784 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17785 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17786 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17787 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17788
17789 \(fn)" t nil)
17790
17791 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17792 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17793 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17794 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17795 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17796
17797 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17800 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17801
17802 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17803
17804 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17805 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17806
17807 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17808
17809 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17810 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17811
17812 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17813
17814 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17815 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17816 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17817
17818 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17819
17820 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17821 Cancel an article you posted.
17822 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17823
17824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17825
17826 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17827 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17828 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17829 header line with the old Message-ID.
17830
17831 \(fn)" t nil)
17832
17833 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17834 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17835
17836 \(fn)" t nil)
17837
17838 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17839 Forward the current message via mail.
17840 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17841 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17842
17843 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17846
17847
17848 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17849
17850 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17851
17852
17853 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17854
17855 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17856 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17857
17858 \(fn)" t nil)
17859
17860 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17861 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17862
17863 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17864
17865 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17866 Re-mail the current message.
17867 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17868 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17869 you.
17870
17871 \(fn)" t nil)
17872
17873 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17874 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17875
17876 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17877
17878 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17879 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17880
17881 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17882
17883 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17884 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17885
17886 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17887
17888 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17889 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17890
17891 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17892
17893 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17894 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17895 Works by overstriking characters.
17896 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17897 which specify the range to operate on.
17898
17899 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17900
17901 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17902 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17903 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17904 which specify the range to operate on.
17905
17906 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17907
17908 ;;;***
17909 \f
17910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (20874
17911 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
17912 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17913 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17914 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17915 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17916
17917 \(fn)" t nil)
17918
17919 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17920 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17921
17922 \(fn)" t nil)
17923
17924 ;;;***
17925 \f
17926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (20709 26818
17927 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17929
17930 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17931 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17932 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17933
17934 \(fn)" t nil)
17935
17936 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17937 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17938 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17939 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17940 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17941 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17942 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17943
17944 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17945
17946 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17947 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17948 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17949 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17950 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17951 means current).
17952 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17953 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17954
17955 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17956
17957 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17958 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17959 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17960 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17961 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17962 means current).
17963 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17964 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17965
17966 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17967
17968 ;;;***
17969 \f
17970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20890 54503 125088
17971 ;;;;;; 852000))
17972 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17973
17974 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17975 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17976 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17977
17978 \(fn)" t nil)
17979
17980 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17981 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17982 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17983
17984 \(fn)" t nil)
17985
17986 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17987 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17988
17989 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17990 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17991 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17992
17993 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17994 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17995
17996 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17997 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17998
17999 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18000
18001 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18002
18003 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18004 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18005 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18006 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18007 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18008 as `compose-mail'.
18009
18010 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18011 initial Subject field, respectively.
18012
18013 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18014 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18015 are strings.
18016
18017 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18018 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18019
18020 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18021
18022 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18023 Save draft and send message.
18024
18025 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18026 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18027 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18028 Mail Delivery*\".
18029
18030 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18031 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18032 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18033
18034 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18035 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18036 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18037 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18038 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18039 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18040
18041 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18042 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18043
18044 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18045 message and scan line.
18046
18047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18048
18049 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18050 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18051
18052 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18053 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18054 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18055 delete the draft message.
18056
18057 \(fn)" t nil)
18058
18059 ;;;***
18060 \f
18061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20987 34598 970563 0))
18062 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18063 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5)) package--builtin-versions)
18064 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18065
18066 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18067
18068 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18069
18070 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18071 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18072
18073 \(fn)" t nil)
18074
18075 ;;;***
18076 \f
18077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20787 12616
18078 ;;;;;; 976036 0))
18079 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18080
18081 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18082 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18083 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18084
18085 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18086 the MH mail system.
18087
18088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18089
18090 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18091 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18092 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18093
18094 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18095 the MH mail system.
18096
18097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18098
18099 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18100 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18101
18102 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18103 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18104 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18105 separate command.
18106
18107 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18108 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18109 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18110 format.
18111
18112 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18113
18114 Ranges
18115 ======
18116 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18117 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18118 can be used in several ways.
18119
18120 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18121 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18122 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18123 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18124 page):
18125
18126 <num1>-<num2>
18127 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18128 The range must be nonempty.
18129
18130 <num>:N
18131 <num>:+N
18132 <num>:-N
18133 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18134 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18135 last.
18136
18137 first:N
18138 prev:N
18139 next:N
18140 last:N
18141 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18142
18143 all
18144 All of the messages.
18145
18146 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18147 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18148
18149 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18150 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18151 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18152
18153 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18154
18155 \(fn)" t nil)
18156
18157 ;;;***
18158 \f
18159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (20709 26818 907104
18160 ;;;;;; 0))
18161 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18162
18163 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18164 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18165 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18166 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18167 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18168 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18169 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18170 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18171 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18172 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18173 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18174
18175 \(fn)" t nil)
18176
18177 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18178 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18179 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18180 to its second argument TM.
18181
18182 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18183
18184 ;;;***
18185 \f
18186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070
18187 ;;;;;; 584283 0))
18188 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18189
18190 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18191 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18192 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18195 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18196
18197 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18198
18199 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18200 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18202 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18203 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18204
18205 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18206 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18207 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18208 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18209 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18210 is modified to remove the default indication.
18211
18212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18213
18214 ;;;***
18215 \f
18216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18217 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18218
18219 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18220 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18221 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18222 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18223 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18224 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18225 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18226 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18227 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18228
18229 \(fn)" t nil)
18230
18231 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18232 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18233 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18234 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18235 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18236 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18237 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18238 The return value is always nil.
18239
18240 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18241
18242 ;;;***
18243 \f
18244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204
18245 ;;;;;; 0))
18246 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18247 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18248
18249 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18250 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18251
18252 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18253 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18254 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18255 next occurrence.
18256
18257 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18258 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18259 end of the search space).
18260
18261 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18262 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18263 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18264 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18265 should return the previous buffer to search.
18266
18267 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18268 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18269 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18270
18271 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18272 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18273 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18274 Isearch starts.")
18275
18276 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18277 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18278 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18279
18280 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18281 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18282 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18283
18284 \(fn)" nil nil)
18285
18286 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18287 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18288 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18289 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18290 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18291 whose names match the specified regexp.
18292
18293 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18294
18295 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18296 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18297 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18298 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18299 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18300 whose names match the specified regexp.
18301
18302 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18303
18304 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18305 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18306 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18307 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18308 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18309 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18310 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18311
18312 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18313
18314 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18315 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18316 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18317 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18318 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18319 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18320 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18321
18322 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18323
18324 ;;;***
18325 \f
18326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21002
18327 ;;;;;; 1963 769129 0))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18329 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18330 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18331 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18332
18333 \(fn)" t nil)
18334
18335 ;;;***
18336 \f
18337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (20709 26818
18338 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18340
18341 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18342 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18343
18344 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18345
18346 ;;;***
18347 \f
18348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818
18349 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18351
18352 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18353 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18354
18355 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18356
18357 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18358 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18359 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18360 the entire message.
18361 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18362
18363 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18364
18365 ;;;***
18366 \f
18367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (20709 26818
18368 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18370
18371 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18372 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18373 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18374 the entire message.
18375 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18376
18377 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18378
18379 ;;;***
18380 \f
18381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104
18382 ;;;;;; 0))
18383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18384
18385 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18386 Insert file contents of URL.
18387 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18388
18389 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18390
18391 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18392 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18393
18394 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18395
18396 ;;;***
18397 \f
18398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104
18399 ;;;;;; 0))
18400 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18401
18402 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18403 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18404 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18405 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18406 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18407
18408 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18409
18410 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18411 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18412 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18413
18414 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18415
18416 ;;;***
18417 \f
18418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (20829 21286 719109 0))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18420
18421 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18422 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18423
18424 \(fn)" nil nil)
18425
18426 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18427 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18428 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18429 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18430 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18431
18432 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18433 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18434 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18435 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18436 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18437 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18438
18439 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18440
18441 ;;;***
18442 \f
18443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (20875 30633 412173
18444 ;;;;;; 0))
18445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18446
18447 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18448
18449
18450 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18451
18452 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18453
18454
18455 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18456
18457 ;;;***
18458 \f
18459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20986 60038 720063
18460 ;;;;;; 0))
18461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18462
18463 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18464
18465
18466 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18467
18468 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18469
18470
18471 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18472
18473 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18474
18475
18476 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18477
18478 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18479
18480
18481 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18482
18483 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18484
18485
18486 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18487
18488 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18489
18490
18491 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18492
18493 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18494
18495
18496 \(fn)" nil nil)
18497
18498 ;;;***
18499 \f
18500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18501 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18503
18504 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18505
18506 ;;;***
18507 \f
18508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355 10021
18509 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
18510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18511
18512 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18513
18514 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18515 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18516 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18517 followed by the first character of the construct.
18518 \\<m2-mode-map>
18519 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18520 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18521 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18522 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18523 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18524 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18525 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18526 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18527 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18528 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18529 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18530 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18531 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18532 \\[m2-link] link
18533
18534 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18535 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18536 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18537
18538 \(fn)" t nil)
18539
18540 ;;;***
18541 \f
18542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104
18543 ;;;;;; 0))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18545
18546 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18547 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18548
18549 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18550
18551 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18552 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18553
18554 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18555
18556 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18557 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18558
18559 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18560
18561 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18562 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18563
18564 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18565
18566 ;;;***
18567 \f
18568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (20992 52525 458637
18569 ;;;;;; 0))
18570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18571
18572 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18573 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18574
18575 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18576 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18577 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18578
18579 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18580 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18581 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18582
18583 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18584 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18585
18586 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18587 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18588 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18589 hemisphere you're in.)
18590
18591 To test this function, evaluate:
18592 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18593
18594 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18595
18596 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18597 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18598
18599 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18600 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18601
18602 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18603 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18604 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18605
18606 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18607 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18608
18609 To test this function, evaluate:
18610 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18611
18612 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18613
18614 ;;;***
18615 \f
18616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
18617 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18618
18619 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18620 Main entry point for MPC.
18621
18622 \(fn)" t nil)
18623
18624 ;;;***
18625 \f
18626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18627 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18628
18629 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18630 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18631
18632 \(fn)" t nil)
18633
18634 ;;;***
18635 \f
18636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
18637 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18638
18639 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18640 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18641 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18642 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18643 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18644 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18645
18646 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18647
18648 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18649 Toggle Msb mode.
18650 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18651 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18652 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18653
18654 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18655 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18656
18657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18658
18659 ;;;***
18660 \f
18661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (20891
18662 ;;;;;; 18859 893295 0))
18663 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18664
18665 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18666 Display a list of all character sets.
18667
18668 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18669 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18670 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18671 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18672 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18673
18674 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18675 but still shows the full information.
18676
18677 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18678
18679 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18680 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18681 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18682
18683 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18684 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18685 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18686 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18687 meanings of these arguments.
18688
18689 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18690
18691 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18692 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18693
18694 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18695
18696 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18697 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18698
18699 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18700
18701 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18702 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18703
18704 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18705
18706 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18707 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18708
18709 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18710 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18711 in place of `..':
18712 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18713 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18714 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18715 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18716 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18717 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18718 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18719 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18720 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18721 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18722 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18723 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18724 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18725 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18726 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18727 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18728
18729 \(fn)" t nil)
18730
18731 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18732 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18733
18734 \(fn)" t nil)
18735
18736 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18737 Display a list of all coding systems.
18738 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18739
18740 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18741 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18742
18743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18744
18745 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18746 Display a list of all coding categories.
18747
18748 \(fn)" nil nil)
18749
18750 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18751 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18752 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18753
18754 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18755
18756 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18757 Display information about FONTSET.
18758 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18759
18760 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18761
18762 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18763 Display a list of all fontsets.
18764 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18765 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18766 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18767
18768 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18769
18770 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18771 Display information about all input methods.
18772
18773 \(fn)" t nil)
18774
18775 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18776 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18777
18778 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18779 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18780 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18781 system which uses fontsets).
18782
18783 \(fn)" t nil)
18784
18785 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18786 Show log of font listing and opening.
18787 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18788 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18789
18790 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18791
18792 ;;;***
18793 \f
18794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20991
18795 ;;;;;; 31656 363459 0))
18796 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18797
18798 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18799 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18800
18801 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18802 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18803
18804 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18805 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18806
18807 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18808
18809 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18810 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18811 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18812 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18813 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18814 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18815 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18816
18817 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18818 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18819 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18820 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18821 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18822 middle of a character in STR.
18823
18824 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18825 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18826
18827 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18828 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18829 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18830 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18831 defaults to \"...\".
18832
18833 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18834
18835 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18836 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18837
18838 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18839 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18840 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18841
18842 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18843 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18844 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18845
18846 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18847 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18848 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18849 are considered.
18850 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18851 longer than KEYSEQ.
18852 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18853
18854 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18855
18856 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18857 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18858 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18859 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18860 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18861 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18862 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18863 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18864 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18865 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18866 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18867
18868 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18869
18870 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18871 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18872
18873 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18874
18875 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18876 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18877
18878 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18879
18880 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18881 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18882
18883 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18884
18885 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18886 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18887
18888 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18889
18890 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18891 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18892 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18893 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18894 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18895
18896 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18897 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18898
18899 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18900 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18901 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18902 coding systems ordered by priority.
18903
18904 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18905
18906 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18907
18908 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18909 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18910 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18911 language environment LANG-ENV.
18912
18913 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18914
18915 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18916 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18917 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18918 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18919 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18920 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18921
18922 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18923
18924 ;;;***
18925 \f
18926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20903 10024
18927 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
18928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18929
18930 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18931 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18932
18933 \(fn)" t nil)
18934
18935 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18936 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18937
18938 \(fn)" t nil)
18939
18940 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18941 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18942
18943 \(fn)" t nil)
18944
18945 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18946 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18947
18948 \(fn)" t nil)
18949
18950 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18951 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18952
18953 \(fn)" t nil)
18954
18955 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18956 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18957
18958 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18959
18960 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18961 Ping HOST.
18962 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18963 `ping-program-options'.
18964
18965 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18966
18967 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18968 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18969
18970 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18971
18972 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18973 Run nslookup program.
18974
18975 \(fn)" t nil)
18976
18977 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18978 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18979
18980 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18981
18982 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18983 Run dig program.
18984
18985 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18986
18987 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18988 Run ftp program.
18989
18990 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18991
18992 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18993 Finger USER on HOST.
18994
18995 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18996
18997 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18998 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18999 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19000 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19001
19002 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19003
19004 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19005
19006
19007 \(fn)" t nil)
19008
19009 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19010 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19011
19012 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19013
19014 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19015 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19016
19017 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19018
19019 ;;;***
19020 \f
19021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709 26818 907104
19022 ;;;;;; 0))
19023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19024
19025 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19026 Return a user name/password pair.
19027 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19028 listed in the PORTS list.
19029
19030 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19031
19032 ;;;***
19033 \f
19034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (20984
19035 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
19036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19037
19038 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19039 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19040 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19041 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19042 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19043 closes it.
19044
19045 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19046 make it unique.
19047 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19048 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19049 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19050 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19051 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19052 a port number to connect to.
19053
19054 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19055 values:
19056
19057 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19058 nil or `network'
19059 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19060 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19061 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19062 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19063 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19064 an unencrypted connection.
19065 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19066 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19067 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19068 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19069 returned object is a killed process.
19070 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19071 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19072 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19073
19074 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19075 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19076 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19077 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19078 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19079 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19080 or nil if none could be found.
19081 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19082 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19083
19084 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19085
19086 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19087 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19088 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19089
19090 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19091 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19092 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19093
19094 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19095 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19096 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19097
19098 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19099 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19100 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19101 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19102
19103 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19104 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19105
19106 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19107 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19108 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19109 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19110 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19111 or STARTTLS connections.
19112
19113 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19114 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19115
19116 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19117 a greeting from the server.
19118
19119 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19120 asynchronously, if possible.
19121
19122 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19123
19124 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19125
19126 ;;;***
19127 \f
19128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (20709
19129 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19130 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19131
19132 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19133 Check whether newsticker is running.
19134 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19135 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19136
19137 \(fn)" nil nil)
19138
19139 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19140 Start the newsticker.
19141 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19142 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19143 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19144 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19145
19146 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19147
19148 ;;;***
19149 \f
19150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19151 ;;;;;; (20992 52525 458637 0))
19152 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19153
19154 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19155 Start newsticker plainview.
19156
19157 \(fn)" t nil)
19158
19159 ;;;***
19160 \f
19161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (20709
19162 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19164
19165 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19166 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19167
19168 \(fn)" t nil)
19169
19170 ;;;***
19171 \f
19172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709
19173 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19174 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19175
19176 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19177 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19178 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19179 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19180 empty.
19181
19182 \(fn)" nil nil)
19183
19184 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19185 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19186 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19187 running already.
19188
19189 \(fn)" t nil)
19190
19191 ;;;***
19192 \f
19193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (20709
19194 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19195 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19196
19197 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19198 Start newsticker treeview.
19199
19200 \(fn)" t nil)
19201
19202 ;;;***
19203 \f
19204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (20709 26818
19205 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19206 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19207 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19208 ;;;***
19209 \f
19210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (20709 26818 907104
19211 ;;;;;; 0))
19212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19213
19214 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19215 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19216
19217 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19218
19219 ;;;***
19220 \f
19221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
19222 ;;;;;; 0))
19223 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19224
19225 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19226 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19227 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19228 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19229 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19230 symbol in the alist.
19231
19232 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19233
19234 ;;;***
19235 \f
19236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (20709 26818
19237 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19239
19240 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19241 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19242 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19243
19244 \(fn)" t nil)
19245
19246 ;;;***
19247 \f
19248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (20709 26818
19249 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
19251 (push (purecopy '(nnmairix 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
19252 ;;;***
19253 \f
19254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (20955 58152 201869 0))
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19256
19257 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19258 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19259
19260 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19261
19262 ;;;***
19263 \f
19264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19265 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19266
19267 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19268
19269 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19270 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19271 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19272
19273 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19274
19275
19276 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19277
19278 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19279 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19280 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19281 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19282 to future sessions.
19283
19284 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19285
19286 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19287 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19288 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19289 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19290 future sessions.
19291
19292 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19293
19294 ;;;***
19295 \f
19296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (20709
19297 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19298 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19299
19300 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19301 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19302 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19303 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19304 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19305 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19306
19307 \(fn)" t nil)
19308
19309 ;;;***
19310 \f
19311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19313 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19314 ;;;***
19315 \f
19316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (20709 26818
19317 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19319
19320 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19321 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19322 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19323 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19324
19325 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19326
19327 ;;;***
19328 \f
19329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20884 6711
19330 ;;;;;; 386198 0))
19331 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19332
19333 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19334 Major mode for editing XML.
19335
19336 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19337 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19338 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19339 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19340 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19341 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19342 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19343
19344 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19345
19346 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19347 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19348
19349 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19350 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19351 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19352 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19353 instead of C-c.
19354
19355 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19356 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19357 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19358 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19359 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19360 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19361
19362 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19363 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19364 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19365
19366 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19367 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19368 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19369
19370 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19371 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19372 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19373 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19374 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19375 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19376 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19377 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19378 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19379
19380 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19381
19382 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19383 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19384
19385 \(fn)" t nil)
19386
19387 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19388
19389 ;;;***
19390 \f
19391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818
19392 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19394
19395 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19396 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19397 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19398 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19399
19400 \(fn)" t nil)
19401
19402 ;;;***
19403 \f
19404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (20932 10282
19405 ;;;;;; 564846 0))
19406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19407
19408 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19409 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19410
19411 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19412 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19413 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19414 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19415
19416 \(fn)" t nil)
19417
19418 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19419 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19420 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19421
19422 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19423
19424 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19425 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19426
19427 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19428 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19429 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19430
19431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19432
19433 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19434
19435 ;;;***
19436 \f
19437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (20858 21542
19438 ;;;;;; 723007 0))
19439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19440
19441 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19442
19443 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19444 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19445 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19446 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19447 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19448
19449 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19450
19451 Customization:
19452
19453 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19454 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19455 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19456 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19457 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19458 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19459 `opascal-tab-always-indents' (default `tab-always-indents')
19460 Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19461 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19462 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19463 Directories to search when finding external units.
19464 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19465 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19466
19467 Coloring:
19468
19469 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19470 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19471
19472 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19473 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19474
19475 \(fn)" t nil)
19476
19477 ;;;***
19478 \f
19479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (20783 15545 430927 0))
19480 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19481
19482 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19483 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19484
19485 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19486
19487 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19488 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19489 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19490 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19491 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19492
19493 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19494
19495 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19496 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19497
19498 \(fn)" nil nil)
19499
19500 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19501 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19502
19503 \(fn)" nil nil)
19504
19505 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19506 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19507 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19508
19509 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19510 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19511 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19512 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19513 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19514 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19515 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19516 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19517 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19518 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19519
19520 The following commands are available:
19521
19522 \\{org-mode-map}
19523
19524 \(fn)" t nil)
19525
19526 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19527 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19528
19529 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19530 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19531 in special contexts.
19532
19533 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19534 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19535 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19536 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19537 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19538 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19539 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19540 properties in the buffer.
19541 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19542 including any drawers.
19543
19544 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19545
19546 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19547 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19548 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19549 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19550 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19551 and zoom in further.
19552 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19553 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19554
19555 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19556 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19557 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19558 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19559 times right after creating a new headline.
19560
19561 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19562 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19563 is negative, go up that many levels.
19564
19565 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19566 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19567 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19568
19569 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19570 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19571 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19572 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19573
19574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19575
19576 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19577 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19578 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19579 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19580
19581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19582
19583 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19584 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19585 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19586 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19587 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19588 defined by Org-mode).
19589
19590 M-up Move entry/item up
19591 M-down Move entry/item down
19592 M-left Promote
19593 M-right Demote
19594 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19595 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19596 M-S-left Promote subtree
19597 M-S-right Demote subtree
19598 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19599 C-c ^ Sort entries
19600 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19601 TAB Cycle item visibility
19602 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19603 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19604 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19605
19606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19607
19608 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19609 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19610
19611 \(fn)" nil nil)
19612
19613 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19614 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19615
19616 \(fn)" nil nil)
19617
19618 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19619 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19620 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19621 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19622 call CMD.
19623
19624 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19625
19626 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19627 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19628 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19629 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19630
19631 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19632 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19633 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19634
19635 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19636
19637 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19638 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19639 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19640
19641 \(fn)" t nil)
19642
19643 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19644 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19645 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19646 Org-mode syntax.
19647
19648 \(fn)" t nil)
19649
19650 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19651 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19652
19653 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19654
19655 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19656 Switch between Org buffers.
19657 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19658 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19659
19660 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19661 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19662
19663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19664
19665 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19666
19667 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19668
19669 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19670 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19671 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19672 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19673
19674 \(fn)" t nil)
19675
19676 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19677 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19678
19679 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19680
19681 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19682 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19683 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19684
19685 \(fn)" t nil)
19686
19687 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19688 Reload all org lisp files.
19689 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19690
19691 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19692
19693 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19694 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19695
19696 \(fn)" t nil)
19697
19698 ;;;***
19699 \f
19700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20847 51240
19701 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
19702 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19703
19704 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19705 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19706
19707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19708
19709 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19710 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19711 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19712 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19713
19714 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19715 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19716 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19717 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19718 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19719 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19720 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19721 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19722 e Export views to associated files.
19723 s Search entries for keywords.
19724 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19725 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19726 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19727 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19728 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19729 > Remove a previous restriction.
19730 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19731 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19732 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19733
19734 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19735 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19736 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19737
19738 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19739 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19740 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19741 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19742 \(if active).
19743
19744 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19745
19746 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19747 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19748 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19749 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19750 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19751 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19752 before running the agenda command.
19753
19754 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19755
19756 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19757 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19758 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19759 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19760 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19761 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19762 before running the agenda command.
19763
19764 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19765 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19766
19767 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19768
19769 category The category of the item
19770 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19771 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19772 todo selected in TODO match
19773 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19774 diary imported from diary
19775 deadline a deadline on given date
19776 scheduled scheduled on given date
19777 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19778 closed entry was closed on given date
19779 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19780 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19781 block entry has date block including g. date
19782 todo The todo keyword, if any
19783 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19784 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19785 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19786 extra Sting with extra planning info
19787 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19788 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19789 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19790
19791 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19792
19793 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19794
19795
19796 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19797
19798 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19799 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19800
19801 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19802
19803 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19804 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19805 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19806 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19807
19808 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19809 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19810 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19811
19812 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19813 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19814
19815 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19816
19817 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19818 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19819
19820 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19821 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19822 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19823 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19824 EDIT-AT.
19825
19826 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19827 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19828 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19829 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19830 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19831 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19832
19833 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19834 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19835 including newlines.
19836
19837 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19838 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19839 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19840 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19841 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19842 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19843 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19844
19845 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19846 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19847 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19848 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19849
19850 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19851 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19852 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19853 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19854 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19855 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19856 Boolean search must match as full words.
19857
19858 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19859 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19860
19861 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19862
19863 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19864 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19865 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19866 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19867 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19868 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19869
19870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19871
19872 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19873 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19874 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19875
19876 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19877
19878 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19879 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19880 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19881 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19882 `org-stuck-projects'.
19883
19884 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19885
19886 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19887 Return diary information from org files.
19888 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19889 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19890 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19891 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19892 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19893
19894 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19895
19896 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19897
19898 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19899 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19900
19901 &%%(org-diary)
19902
19903 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19904 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19905 So the example above may also be written as
19906
19907 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19908
19909 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19910 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19911 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19912
19913 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19914
19915 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19916 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19917 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19918
19919 \(fn)" t nil)
19920
19921 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19922 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19923 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19924 appointments.
19925
19926 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19927 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19928
19929 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19930 for filtering entries out.
19931
19932 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19933 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19934 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19935
19936 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19937 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19938
19939 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19940 (category \"Work\"))
19941
19942 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19943 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19944
19945 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19946 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19947 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19948 details and examples.
19949
19950 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19951 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19952
19953 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19954
19955 ;;;***
19956 \f
19957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-beamer" "org/org-beamer.el" (20709 26818
19958 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19959 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
19960
19961 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
19962 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
19963 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
19964 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
19965 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
19966 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
19967 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
19968 in org-export-latex-classes.
19969
19970 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
19971
19972 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
19973 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
19974
19975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19976
19977 ;;;***
19978 \f
19979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723 59703
19980 ;;;;;; 12265 0))
19981 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19982
19983 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19984
19985
19986 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19987
19988 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19989 Capture something.
19990 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19991 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19992 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19993 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19994 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19995 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19996
19997 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19998 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19999 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20000 stored.
20001
20002 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20003
20004 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20005 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20006 will be bypassed.
20007
20008 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20009 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20010
20011 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20012
20013 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20014 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20015
20016 \(fn)" t nil)
20017
20018 ;;;***
20019 \f
20020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20717 20920
20021 ;;;;;; 410005 0))
20022 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20023
20024 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20025 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20026 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20027
20028 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20029
20030 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20031 Write the column view table.
20032 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20033
20034 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20035 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20036 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20037 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20038 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20039 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20040 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20041 using `org-id-find'.
20042 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20043 a hline before each level <= that number.
20044 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20045 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20046 :skip-empty-rows
20047 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20048 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20049
20050 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20051
20052 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20053 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20054
20055 \(fn)" t nil)
20056
20057 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20058 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20059
20060 \(fn)" t nil)
20061
20062 ;;;***
20063 \f
20064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (20723 59703
20065 ;;;;;; 12265 0))
20066 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20067
20068 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20069 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20070
20071 \(fn)" nil t)
20072
20073 ;;;***
20074 \f
20075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (20783 15545
20076 ;;;;;; 430927 0))
20077 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20078
20079 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20080 The release version of org-mode.
20081 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20082
20083 \(fn)" nil nil)
20084
20085 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20086 The Git version of org-mode.
20087 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20088
20089 \(fn)" nil nil)
20090
20091 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20092 The location of ODT styles.")
20093
20094 ;;;***
20095 \f
20096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (20773 35190 350513
20097 ;;;;;; 0))
20098 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20099 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20100 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20101
20102 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20103 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20104 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20105 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20106
20107 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20108 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20109 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20110 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20111
20112 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20113 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20114 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20115 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20116 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20117 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20118
20119 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20120 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20121 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20122
20123 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20124 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20125 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20126 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20127 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20128 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20129 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20130 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20131 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20132 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20133 The subheadings remain visible.
20134 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20135
20136 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20137 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20138 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20139
20140 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20141 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20142
20143 \(fn)" t nil)
20144
20145 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20146 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20147 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20148 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20149 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20150
20151 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20152
20153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20154 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20155
20156 ;;;***
20157 \f
20158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21022 27213
20159 ;;;;;; 317995 0))
20160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20161 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20162 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20163 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20164 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20165 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20166 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20167
20168 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20169 activate the package system at any time.")
20170
20171 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20172
20173 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20174 Install the package PKG.
20175 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20176 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20177
20178 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20179
20180 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20181 Install a package from the current buffer.
20182 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20183 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20184 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20185
20186 \(fn)" t nil)
20187
20188 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20189 Install a package from a file.
20190 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20191
20192 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20193
20194 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20195 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20196 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20197 makes them available for download.
20198
20199 \(fn)" t nil)
20200
20201 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20202 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20203 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20204 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20205
20206 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20207
20208 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20209 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20210
20211 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20212
20213 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20214 Display a list of packages.
20215 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20216 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20217 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20218
20219 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20220
20221 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20222
20223 ;;;***
20224 \f
20225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (20903 56815 695483 0))
20226 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20227
20228 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20229 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20230 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20233 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20234
20235 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20236
20237 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20238 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20240 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20241 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20242
20243 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20244 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20245 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20246
20247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20248
20249 ;;;***
20250 \f
20251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (20709
20252 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20253 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20254 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20255
20256 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20257 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20258 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20259 unknown are returned as nil.
20260
20261 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20262
20263 ;;;***
20264 \f
20265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20870 12718
20266 ;;;;;; 549931 0))
20267 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20268
20269 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20270 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20271 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20272
20273 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20274 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20275
20276 Other useful functions are:
20277
20278 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20279 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20280 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20281 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20282 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20283 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20284 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20285 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20286 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20287
20288 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20289
20290 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20291 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20292 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20293 Indentation for case statements.
20294 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20295 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20296 mark after an end.
20297 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20298 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20299 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20300 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20301 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20302 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20303 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20304 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20305 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20306 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20307
20308 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20309 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20310
20311 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20312 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20313
20314 \(fn)" t nil)
20315
20316 ;;;***
20317 \f
20318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709
20319 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20320 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20321
20322 (defvar password-cache t "\
20323 Whether to cache passwords.")
20324
20325 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20326
20327 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20328 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20329 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20330
20331 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20332
20333 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20334 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20335
20336 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20337
20338 ;;;***
20339 \f
20340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (20991 31656
20341 ;;;;;; 363459 0))
20342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20343
20344 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20345 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20346 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20347
20348 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20349 _ matches anything.
20350 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20351 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20352 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20353 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20354 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20355 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20356 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20357 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20358 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20359 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20360
20361 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20362 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20363 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20364 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20365 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20366 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20367
20368 PRED can take the form
20369 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20370 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20371 which is the value being matched.
20372 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20373 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20374 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20375 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20376 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20377
20378 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20379
20380 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20381
20382 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20383 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20384 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20385 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20386
20387 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20388
20389 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20390
20391 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20392 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20393 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20394 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20395
20396 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20397
20398 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20399
20400 ;;;***
20401 \f
20402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709 26818 907104
20403 ;;;;;; 0))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20405
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20407 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20408
20409 \(fn)" nil nil)
20410
20411 ;;;***
20412 \f
20413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20907 7082 901087
20414 ;;;;;; 0))
20415 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20416
20417 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20418 Completion for `gzip'.
20419
20420 \(fn)" nil nil)
20421
20422 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20423 Completion for `bzip2'.
20424
20425 \(fn)" nil nil)
20426
20427 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20428 Completion for GNU `make'.
20429
20430 \(fn)" nil nil)
20431
20432 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20433 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20434
20435 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436
20437 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20438
20439 ;;;***
20440 \f
20441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20884 7264
20442 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
20443 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20444
20445 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20446 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20447
20448 \(fn)" nil nil)
20449
20450 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20451 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20452
20453 \(fn)" nil nil)
20454
20455 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20456 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20457
20458 \(fn)" nil nil)
20459
20460 ;;;***
20461 \f
20462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709 26818 907104
20463 ;;;;;; 0))
20464 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20465
20466 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20467 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20468
20469 \(fn)" nil nil)
20470
20471 ;;;***
20472 \f
20473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20474 ;;;;;; 0))
20475 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20476
20477 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20478 Completion for `cd'.
20479
20480 \(fn)" nil nil)
20481
20482 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20483
20484 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20485 Completion for `rmdir'.
20486
20487 \(fn)" nil nil)
20488
20489 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20490 Completion for `rm'.
20491
20492 \(fn)" nil nil)
20493
20494 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20495 Completion for `xargs'.
20496
20497 \(fn)" nil nil)
20498
20499 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20500
20501 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20502 Completion for `which'.
20503
20504 \(fn)" nil nil)
20505
20506 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20507 Completion for the `chown' command.
20508
20509 \(fn)" nil nil)
20510
20511 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20512 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20513
20514 \(fn)" nil nil)
20515
20516 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20517 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20518
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20520
20521 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20522 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20523 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20524
20525 \(fn)" nil nil)
20526
20527 ;;;***
20528 \f
20529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (20837 15398 184639
20530 ;;;;;; 0))
20531 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20532
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20534 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20535
20536 \(fn)" nil nil)
20537
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20539 Completion for the `ack' command.
20540 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20541 long options.
20542
20543 \(fn)" nil nil)
20544
20545 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20546
20547 ;;;***
20548 \f
20549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709 26818 907104
20550 ;;;;;; 0))
20551 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20552
20553 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20554 Support extensible programmable completion.
20555 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20556 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20557
20558 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20559
20560 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20561 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20562
20563 \(fn)" t nil)
20564
20565 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20566 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20567 This will modify the current buffer.
20568
20569 \(fn)" t nil)
20570
20571 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20572 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20573
20574 \(fn)" t nil)
20575
20576 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20577 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20578 This will modify the current buffer.
20579
20580 \(fn)" t nil)
20581
20582 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20583 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20584
20585 \(fn)" t nil)
20586
20587 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20588 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20589
20590 \(fn)" t nil)
20591
20592 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20593 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20594 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20595 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20596 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20597
20598 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20599
20600 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20601 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20602
20603 \(fn)" nil nil)
20604
20605 ;;;***
20606 \f
20607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (20983 37555 279226 0))
20608 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20609
20610 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20611 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20612 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20613 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20614
20615 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20616
20617 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20618
20619 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20620 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20621 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20622 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20623 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20624 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20625 FLAGS is ignored.
20626
20627 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20628
20629 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20630 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20631 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20632 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20633 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20634 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20635 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20636 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20637
20638 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20639
20640 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20641 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20642 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20643 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20644 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20645 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20646 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20647 passed to cvs.
20648
20649 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20650
20651 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20652 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20653 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20654 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20655 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20656 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20657 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20658
20659 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20660
20661 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20662 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20663 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20664
20665 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20666
20667 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20668 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20669 A value of nil means never do it.
20670 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20671 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20672 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20673
20674 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20675
20676 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20677 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20678 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20679
20680 ;;;***
20681 \f
20682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20709 26818
20683 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20684 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20685
20686 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20687 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20688
20689 ;;;***
20690 \f
20691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (20929
20692 ;;;;;; 34089 117790 0))
20693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20694 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20695 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20696 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20697 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20698 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20699 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20700
20701 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20702 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20703 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20704 Tab indents for Perl code.
20705 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20706 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20707 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20708 \\{perl-mode-map}
20709 Variables controlling indentation style:
20710 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20711 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20712 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20713 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20714 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20715 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20716 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20717 `perl-nochange'
20718 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20719 `perl-indent-level'
20720 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20721 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20722 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20723 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20724 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20725 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20726 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20727 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20728 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20729 `perl-brace-offset'
20730 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20731 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20732 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20733 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20734 `perl-label-offset'
20735 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20736 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20737 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20738
20739 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20740 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20741 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20742 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20743 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20744 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20745 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20746
20747 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20748
20749 \(fn)" t nil)
20750
20751 ;;;***
20752 \f
20753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (20709 26818
20754 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20755 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20756
20757 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20758 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20759 \\<picture-mode-map>
20760 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20761 afterwards settable by these commands:
20762
20763 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20764 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20765 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20766 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20767
20768 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20769 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20770 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20771 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20772
20773 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20774 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20775 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20776 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20777
20778 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20779 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20780 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20781 with these commands:
20782
20783 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20784 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20785 Move to column following last
20786 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20787 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20788 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20789 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20790 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20791 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20792
20793 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20794
20795 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20796 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20797 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20798 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20799 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20800 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20801
20802 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20803 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20804 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20805 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20806 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20807 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20808 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20809
20810 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20811 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20812 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20813 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20814 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20815 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20816 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20817 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20818
20819 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20820 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20821 by supplying an argument.
20822
20823 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20824
20825 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20826 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20827
20828 \(fn)" t nil)
20829
20830 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20831
20832 ;;;***
20833 \f
20834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20709 26818 907104
20835 ;;;;;; 0))
20836 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20837
20838 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20839 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20840
20841 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20842
20843 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20844 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20845
20846 \(fn)" t nil)
20847
20848 ;;;***
20849 \f
20850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
20851 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20852
20853 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20854 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20855 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20856
20857 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20858
20859 ;;;***
20860 \f
20861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20862 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20863
20864 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20865 Play pong and waste time.
20866 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20867 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20868
20869 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20870
20871 \\{pong-mode-map}
20872
20873 \(fn)" t nil)
20874
20875 ;;;***
20876 \f
20877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20879
20880 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20881 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20882 Use streaming commands.
20883
20884 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20885
20886 ;;;***
20887 \f
20888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21013 58662 278539
20889 ;;;;;; 0))
20890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20891
20892 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20893 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20894 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20895 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20896
20897 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20898
20899 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20900 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20901
20902 \(fn)" nil nil)
20903
20904 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20905 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20906 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20907 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20908 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20909
20910 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20911
20912 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20913 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20914 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20915
20916 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20917
20918 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20919 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20920
20921 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20922
20923 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20924 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20925 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20926 Ignores leading comment characters.
20927
20928 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20929
20930 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20931 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20932 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20933 Ignores leading comment characters.
20934
20935 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20936
20937 ;;;***
20938 \f
20939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (20975 43430 521692
20940 ;;;;;; 0))
20941 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20942 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20943 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20944 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20945
20946 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20947
20948 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20949
20950 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20951
20952 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20953 Preview directory using ghostview.
20954
20955 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20956 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20957 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20958 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20959
20960 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20961 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20962 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20963 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20964 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20965 file name.
20966
20967 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20968
20969 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20970
20971 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20972 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20973
20974 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20975 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20976 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20977 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20978
20979 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20980 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20981 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20982 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20983 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20984 file name.
20985
20986 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20987
20988 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20989
20990 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20991 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20992
20993 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20994 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20995 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20996 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20997
20998 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20999 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21000 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21001 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21002 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21003 file name.
21004
21005 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21006
21007 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21008
21009 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21010 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21011
21012 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21013
21014 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21015 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21016 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21017 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21018
21019 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21020 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21021 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21022 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21023 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21024 file name.
21025
21026 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21027
21028 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21029
21030 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21031 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21032
21033 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21034 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21035 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21036
21037 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21038 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21039 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21040 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21041
21042 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21043
21044 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21045 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21046
21047 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21048 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21049 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21050
21051 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21052 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21053 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21054 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21055
21056 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21057
21058 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21059 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21060
21061 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21062 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21063 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21064
21065 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21066 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21067 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21068 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21069
21070 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21071
21072 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21073 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21074
21075 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21076
21077 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21078 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21079 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21080
21081 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21082 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21083 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21084 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21085
21086 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21087
21088 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21089 Preview region using ghostview.
21090
21091 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21092
21093 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21094
21095 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21096 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21097
21098 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21099
21100 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21101
21102 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21103 Print region using PostScript printer.
21104
21105 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21106
21107 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21108
21109 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21110 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21111
21112 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21113
21114 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21115
21116 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21117 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21118
21119 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21120
21121 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21122
21123 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21124 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21125
21126 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21127
21128 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21129
21130 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21131 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21132
21133 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21134
21135 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21136
21137 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21138 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21139
21140 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21141
21142 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21143
21144 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21145 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21146 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21147 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21148
21149 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21150 matching.
21151
21152 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21153 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21154
21155 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21156
21157 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21158
21159 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21160 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21161 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21162 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21163
21164 \(fn)" t nil)
21165
21166 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21167 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21168 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21169 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21170
21171 \(fn)" t nil)
21172
21173 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21174 Print directory using text printer.
21175
21176 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21177 matching.
21178
21179 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21180 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21181
21182 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21183
21184 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21185
21186 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21187 Print buffer using text printer.
21188
21189 \(fn)" t nil)
21190
21191 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21192 Print region using text printer.
21193
21194 \(fn)" t nil)
21195
21196 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21197 Print major mode using text printer.
21198
21199 \(fn)" t nil)
21200
21201 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21202 Preview spooled PostScript.
21203
21204 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21205 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21206 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21207
21208 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21209 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21210 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21211
21212 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21213
21214 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21215 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21216
21217 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21218 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21219 instead of sending it to the printer.
21220
21221 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21222 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21223 image in a file with that name.
21224
21225 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21226
21227 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21228 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21229
21230 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21231 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21232 instead of sending it to the printer.
21233
21234 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21235 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21236 image in a file with that name.
21237
21238 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21239
21240 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21241 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21242
21243 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21244 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21245 instead of sending it to the printer.
21246
21247 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21248 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21249 image in a file with that name.
21250
21251 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21252
21253 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21254 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21255
21256 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21257
21258 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21259 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21260
21261 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21262
21263 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21264 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21265
21266 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21267
21268 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21269 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21270
21271 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21272
21273 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21274 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21275
21276 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21277
21278 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21279 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21280
21281 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21282 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21283 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21284 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21285
21286 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21287 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21288 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21289 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21290 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21291 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21292 file name.
21293
21294 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21295
21296 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21297 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21298
21299 \(fn)" t nil)
21300
21301 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21302 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21303
21304 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21305 right.
21306 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21307 bottom.
21308
21309 \(fn)" t nil)
21310
21311 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21312 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21313
21314 \(fn)" t nil)
21315
21316 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21317 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21318
21319 \(fn)" t nil)
21320
21321 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21322 Toggle printing with faces.
21323
21324 \(fn)" t nil)
21325
21326 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21327 Toggle spooling.
21328
21329 \(fn)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21332 Toggle duplex.
21333
21334 \(fn)" t nil)
21335
21336 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21337 Toggle tumble.
21338
21339 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21340 right.
21341 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21342 bottom.
21343
21344 \(fn)" t nil)
21345
21346 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21347 Toggle landscape.
21348
21349 \(fn)" t nil)
21350
21351 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21352 Toggle upside-down.
21353
21354 \(fn)" t nil)
21355
21356 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21357 Toggle line number.
21358
21359 \(fn)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21362 Toggle zebra stripes.
21363
21364 \(fn)" t nil)
21365
21366 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21367 Toggle printing header.
21368
21369 \(fn)" t nil)
21370
21371 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21372 Toggle printing header frame.
21373
21374 \(fn)" t nil)
21375
21376 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21377 Toggle menu lock.
21378
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21382 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21383
21384 \(fn)" t nil)
21385
21386 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21387 Toggle auto mode.
21388
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21392 Customization of the `printing' group.
21393
21394 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21397 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21398
21399 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21402 Help for the printing package.
21403
21404 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21405
21406 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21407 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21412 Interactively select a text printer.
21413
21414 \(fn)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21417 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21418
21419 \(fn)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21422 Show current ps-print settings.
21423
21424 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21427 Show current printing settings.
21428
21429 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21432 Show current lpr settings.
21433
21434 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21437 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21438
21439 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21440 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21441 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21442 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21443
21444
21445 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21446
21447 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21448 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21449 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21450
21451 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21452 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21453 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21454 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21455 current active printer.
21456
21457 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21458 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21459 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21460 printer.
21461
21462 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21463 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21464 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21465 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21466 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21467
21468
21469 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21470 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21471
21472 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21473
21474 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21475 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21476 be done using the new current active printer.
21477
21478 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21479 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21480 printer.
21481
21482 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21483 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21484 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21485 instead of sending it to the printer.
21486
21487 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21488 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21489 printer.
21490
21491 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21492
21493
21494 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21495 are both set to t.
21496
21497 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21498
21499 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21500 Fast fire function for text printing.
21501
21502 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21503 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21504 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21505 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21506
21507 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21508 user for a new active text printer.
21509
21510 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21511
21512 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21513
21514 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21515 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21516 printer.
21517
21518 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21519
21520 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21521 are both set to t.
21522
21523 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21524
21525 ;;;***
21526 \f
21527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21528 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21529
21530 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21531 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21532 \\<proced-mode-map>
21533 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21534 the process information.
21535
21536 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21537
21538 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21539 Proced buffers.
21540
21541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21542
21543 ;;;***
21544 \f
21545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (20932 10282 564846
21546 ;;;;;; 0))
21547 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21548
21549 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21550 Start/restart profilers.
21551 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21552 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21553 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21554
21555 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21556
21557 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21558 Open profile FILENAME.
21559
21560 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21561
21562 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21563 Open profile FILENAME.
21564
21565 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21566
21567 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21568 Open profile FILENAME.
21569
21570 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21571
21572 ;;;***
21573 \f
21574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (20919 46844
21575 ;;;;;; 767888 0))
21576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21577
21578 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21579 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21580
21581 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21582 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21583
21584 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21585
21586 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21587 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21588
21589 Commands:
21590 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21591 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21592 if that value is non-nil.
21593
21594 \(fn)" t nil)
21595
21596 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21597 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21598 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21599
21600 \(fn)" t nil)
21601
21602 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21603 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21604 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21605
21606 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21607
21608 ;;;***
21609 \f
21610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
21611 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21612
21613 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21614 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21615 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21616
21617 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21618
21619 ;;;***
21620 \f
21621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777 63161
21622 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
21623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21624 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21625 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21626 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21627
21628 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21629
21630 The following variables hold user options, and can
21631 be set through the `customize' command:
21632
21633 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21634 `ps-mode-tab'
21635 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21636 `ps-mode-print-function'
21637 `ps-run-prompt'
21638 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21639 `ps-run-x'
21640 `ps-run-dumb'
21641 `ps-run-init'
21642 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21643 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21644
21645 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21646
21647
21648 \\{ps-mode-map}
21649
21650
21651 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21652 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21653 The keymap for this second window is:
21654
21655 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21656
21657
21658 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21659 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21660 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21661 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21662 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21663
21664 \(fn)" t nil)
21665
21666 ;;;***
21667 \f
21668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20975 43430 521692
21669 ;;;;;; 0))
21670 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21671 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21672 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21673 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21674 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21675
21676 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21677
21678 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21679 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21680 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21681 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21682
21683 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21684
21685 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21686 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21687
21688 Valid values are:
21689
21690 nil Do not print colors.
21691
21692 t Print colors.
21693
21694 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21695 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21696
21697 Any other value is treated as t.")
21698
21699 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21700
21701 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21702 Customization of ps-print group.
21703
21704 \(fn)" t nil)
21705
21706 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21707 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21708
21709 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21710 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21711 sending it to the printer.
21712
21713 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21714 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21715 image in a file with that name.
21716
21717 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21718
21719 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21720 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21721 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21722 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21723 so it has a way to determine color values.
21724
21725 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21726
21727 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21728 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21729 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21730
21731 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21732
21733 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21734 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21735 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21736 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21737 so it has a way to determine color values.
21738
21739 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21742 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21743 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21744 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21745
21746 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21747
21748 \(fn)" t nil)
21749
21750 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21751 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21752 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21753 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21754 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21755
21756 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21757
21758 \(fn)" t nil)
21759
21760 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21761 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21762 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21763
21764 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21765
21766 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21767
21768 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21769 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21770 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21771 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21772 so it has a way to determine color values.
21773
21774 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21775
21776 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21777
21778 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21779 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21780
21781 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21782 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21783 instead of sending it to the printer.
21784
21785 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21786 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21787 image in a file with that name.
21788
21789 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21790
21791 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21792 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21793 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21794 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21795 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21796
21797 \(fn)" t nil)
21798
21799 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21800 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21801 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21802
21803 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21804
21805 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21806 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21807 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21808
21809 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21810
21811 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21812 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21813
21814 \(fn)" nil nil)
21815
21816 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21817 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21818
21819 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21820 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21821
21822 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21823 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21824
21825 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21826
21827 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21828
21829 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21830
21831 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21832 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21833
21834 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21835 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21836
21837 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21838 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21839
21840 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21841
21842 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21843
21844 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21845
21846 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21847 foreground and background colors respectively.
21848
21849 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21850 bold - use bold font.
21851 italic - use italic font.
21852 underline - put a line under text.
21853 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21854 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21855 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21856 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21857 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21858
21859 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21860
21861 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21862
21863 ;;;***
21864 \f
21865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (20709 26818 907104
21866 ;;;;;; 0))
21867 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21868 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21869 ;;;***
21870 \f
21871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21020 31917
21872 ;;;;;; 145164 0))
21873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21874 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21875 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21876
21877 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21878
21879 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21880 Run an inferior Python process.
21881 Input and output via buffer named after
21882 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21883 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21884
21885 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21886 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21887 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21888 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21889
21890 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21891 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21892 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21893
21894 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21895
21896 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21897 Major mode for editing Python files.
21898
21899 \\{python-mode-map}
21900 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21901 if that value is non-nil.
21902
21903 \(fn)" t nil)
21904
21905 ;;;***
21906 \f
21907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21909
21910 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21911 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21912 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21913 coding-system.
21914
21915 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21916 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21917
21918 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21919 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21920 them into characters should be done separately.
21921
21922 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21923
21924 ;;;***
21925 \f
21926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (20998 4934
21927 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
21928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21929
21930 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21931 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21932
21933 \(fn)" nil nil)
21934
21935 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21936 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21937 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21938
21939 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21940 `quail-activate', which see.
21941
21942 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21943
21944 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21945 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21946 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21947 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21948 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21949 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21950 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21951
21952 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21953 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21954 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21955 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21956 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21957 shown.
21958 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21959
21960 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21961 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21962 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21963 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21964 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21965 list of candidates.
21966
21967 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21968 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21969 command to be called.
21970
21971 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21972 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21973 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21974 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21975
21976 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21977 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21978 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21979 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21980 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21981 to t.
21982
21983 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21984 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21985 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21986 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21987
21988 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21989 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21990 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21991 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21992
21993 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21994 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21995 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21996 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21997 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21998 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21999
22000 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22001 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22002 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22003 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22004 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22005 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22006
22007 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22008 covers Quail translation region.
22009
22010 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22011 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22012 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22013 for it) is inserted.
22014
22015 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22016 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22017 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22018
22019 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22020 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22021 non-Quail commands.
22022
22023 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22024
22025 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22026 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22027
22028 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22029 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22030 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22031 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22032 you type is correctly handled.
22033
22034 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22035
22036 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22037 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22038
22039 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22040 keyboard type.
22041
22042 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22043
22044 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22045 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22046 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22047 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22048 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22049 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22050 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22051 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22052 for the translation.
22053 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22054
22055 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22056 it is used to handle KEY.
22057
22058 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22059 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22060 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22061 the following annotation types are supported.
22062
22063 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22064 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22065
22066 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22067 candidate list.
22068
22069 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22070 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22071 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22072 inserted.
22073
22074 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22075 generated for the following translations.
22076
22077 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22078
22079 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22080 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22081
22082 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22083 which to install MAP.
22084
22085 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22086
22087 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22088
22089 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22090 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22091
22092 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22093 which to install MAP.
22094
22095 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22096
22097 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22098
22099 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22100 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22101 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22102 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22103 a function, or a cons.
22104 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22105 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22106 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22107 for the translation.
22108 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22109 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22110 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22111 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22112 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22113
22114 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22115 it is used to handle KEY.
22116
22117 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22118 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22119 current Quail package.
22120
22121 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22122 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22123
22124 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22125
22126 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22127 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22128
22129 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22130 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22131
22132 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22133
22134 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22135 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22136
22137 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22138
22139 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22140 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22141 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22142 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22143 of the Emacs source tree.
22144
22145 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22146 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22147
22148 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22149 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22150 of each directory.
22151
22152 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22153
22154 ;;;***
22155 \f
22156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20799 169 640767
22157 ;;;;;; 0))
22158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22159
22160 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22161 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22162 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22163 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22164
22165 To make use of this do something like:
22166
22167 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22168
22169 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22170
22171 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22172 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22173
22174 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22175 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22176 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22177
22178 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22179
22180 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22181 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22182
22183 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22184
22185 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22186 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22187
22188 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22189 is decided.
22190
22191 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22192
22193 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22194 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22195
22196 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22197 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22198 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22199
22200 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22201
22202 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22203 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22204
22205 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22206
22207 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22208 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22209
22210 \(fn)" t nil)
22211
22212 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22213 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22214
22215 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22216
22217 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22218
22219 \(fn)" t nil)
22220
22221 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22222 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22223
22224 \(fn)" t nil)
22225
22226 ;;;***
22227 \f
22228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (20992 52525 458637
22229 ;;;;;; 0))
22230 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22231
22232 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22233 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22234
22235 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22236
22237 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22238
22239 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22240
22241 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22242
22243 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22244
22245
22246 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22247
22248 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22249 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22250 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22252 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22253 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22254
22255 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22256
22257 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22258 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22260 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22261 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22262
22263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22264
22265 ;;;***
22266 \f
22267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20709 26818 907104
22268 ;;;;;; 0))
22269 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22270
22271 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22272 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22273 See \\[compile].
22274
22275 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22276
22277 ;;;***
22278 \f
22279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (20984
22280 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
22281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22282
22283 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22284
22285 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22286 Construct a regexp interactively.
22287 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22288 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22289 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22290
22291 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22292 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22293
22294 \(fn)" t nil)
22295
22296 ;;;***
22297 \f
22298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (20871 33574 214287
22299 ;;;;;; 0))
22300 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22301
22302 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22303 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22304 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22307 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22308
22309 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22310
22311 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22312 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22313 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22314 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22315 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22316
22317 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22318 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22319 were operated on recently.
22320
22321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22322
22323 ;;;***
22324 \f
22325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22326 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22327
22328 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22329 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22330 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22331 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22332 ends.
22333
22334 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22335 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22336 to be deleted.
22337
22338 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22339
22340 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22341 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22342 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22343
22344 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22345 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22346 deleted.
22347
22348 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22349
22350 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22351 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22352 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22353
22354 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22355
22356 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22357 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22358
22359 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22360 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22361
22362 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22363 deleted.
22364
22365 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22366 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22367 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22368 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22369 even beep.)
22370
22371 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22372
22373 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22374 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22375
22376 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22377
22378 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22379 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22380
22381 \(fn)" t nil)
22382
22383 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22384 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22385 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22386 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22387 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22388 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22389 and point is at the lower right corner.
22390
22391 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22392
22393 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22394 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22395
22396 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22397 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22398
22399 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22400 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22401 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22402
22403 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22404
22405 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22406
22407 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22408 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22409 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22410 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22411 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22412
22413 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22414 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22415
22416 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22417
22418 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22419 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22420 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22421
22422 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22423
22424 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22425
22426 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22427
22428 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22429 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22430
22431 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22432 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22433 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22434
22435 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22436
22437 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22438 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22439 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22440
22441 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22442 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22443 rectangle which were empty.
22444
22445 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22446
22447 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22448 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22449
22450 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22451 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22452 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22453 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22454
22455 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22456
22457 ;;;***
22458 \f
22459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20884 7264
22460 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
22461 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22462
22463 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22464 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22465 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22466 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22467 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22468
22469 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22470 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22471 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22472 auto-filling.
22473
22474 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22475
22476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22477
22478 ;;;***
22479 \f
22480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20928 13222
22481 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
22482 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22483
22484 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22485 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22486
22487 \(fn)" nil nil)
22488
22489 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22490 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22491
22492 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22493 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22494
22495 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22496 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22497 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22498 \\ref macro.
22499
22500 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22501 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22502 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22503
22504 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22505 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22506 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22507
22508 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22509 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22510
22511 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22512 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22513
22514 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22515 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22516 on the menu bar.
22517
22518 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22519
22520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22521
22522 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22523 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22524 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22525
22526 \(fn)" nil nil)
22527
22528 ;;;***
22529 \f
22530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (20921
22531 ;;;;;; 39978 248467 0))
22532 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22533
22534 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22535 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22536 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22537 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22538 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22539 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22540
22541 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22542
22543 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22544
22545 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22546 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22547 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22548 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22549 `reftex-cite-format'.
22550
22551 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22552 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22553 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22554 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22555
22556 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22557
22558 ;;;***
22559 \f
22560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22561 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22562 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22563
22564 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22565 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22566 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22567 the current TeX document.
22568
22569 With no argument, this command toggles
22570 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22571 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22572
22573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22574
22575 ;;;***
22576 \f
22577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22578 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22579 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22580
22581 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22582 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22583 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22584
22585 To insert new phrases, use
22586 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22587 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22588
22589 To index phrases use one of:
22590
22591 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22592 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22593 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22594 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22595 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22596
22597 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22598 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22599
22600 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22601
22602 Here are all local bindings.
22603
22604 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22605
22606 \(fn)" t nil)
22607
22608 ;;;***
22609 \f
22610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22611 ;;;;;; (20921 39978 248467 0))
22612 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22613
22614 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22615 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22616 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22617 of master file.
22618
22619 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22620
22621 ;;;***
22622 \f
22623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20895
22624 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22626 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22627 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22628 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22629 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22630
22631 ;;;***
22632 \f
22633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (20709
22634 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22636
22637 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22638 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22639 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22640 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22641 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22642 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22643
22644 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22645 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22646
22647 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22648 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22649 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22650 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22651
22652 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22653
22654 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22655 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22656 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22657 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22658
22659 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22660
22661 ;;;***
22662 \f
22663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (20709 26818 907104
22664 ;;;;;; 0))
22665 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22666 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22667 ;;;***
22668 \f
22669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (20945 22315
22670 ;;;;;; 8369 0))
22671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22672 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22673 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22674 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22675 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22676 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22677
22678 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22679
22680 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22681
22682 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22683 Call `remember' in another frame.
22684
22685 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22686
22687 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22688 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22689 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22690
22691 \(fn)" t nil)
22692
22693 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22694 Extract diary entries from the region.
22695
22696 \(fn)" nil nil)
22697
22698 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22699 Creates notes buffer and switches to it if called interactively.
22700
22701 If a notes buffer created by a previous invocation of this
22702 function already exist, it will be returned. Otherwise a new
22703 buffer will be created whose content will be read from file
22704 pointed by `remember-data-file'. If a buffer visiting this file
22705 already exist, that buffer will be used instead of creating a new
22706 one (see `find-file-noselect' function for more details).
22707
22708 Name of the created buffer is taken from `remember-notes-buffer-name'
22709 variable and if a buffer with that name already exist (but was not
22710 created by this function), it will be first killed.
22711 \\<remember-notes-mode-map>
22712 `remember-notes-mode' is active in the notes buffer which by default
22713 contains only one \\[save-and-bury-buffer] binding which saves and
22714 buries the buffer.
22715
22716 Function returns notes buffer. When called interactively,
22717 switches to it as well.
22718
22719 Notes buffer is meant for keeping random notes which you'd like to
22720 preserve across Emacs restarts. The notes will be stored in the
22721 `remember-data-file'.
22722
22723 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22724
22725 ;;;***
22726 \f
22727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22728 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22729 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22730 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22731 Repeat most recently executed command.
22732 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22733 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22734 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22735
22736 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22737 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22738 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22739 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22740
22741 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22742 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22743 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22744
22745 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22746
22747 ;;;***
22748 \f
22749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (20921 39978
22750 ;;;;;; 248467 0))
22751 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22752
22753 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22754 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22755
22756 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22757 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22758 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22759 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22760 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22761 and point is left after the salutation.
22762
22763 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22764 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22765 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22766 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22767 left after that text.
22768
22769 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22770 is non-nil.
22771
22772 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22773 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22774 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22775 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22776
22777 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22778
22779 ;;;***
22780 \f
22781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (20992 52525 458637
22782 ;;;;;; 0))
22783 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22784
22785 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22786 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22787 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22788 visibility of comments that precede it.
22789 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22790 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22791 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22792 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22793 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22794 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22795 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22796 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22797 the comment lines.
22798 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22799 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22800 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22801 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22802 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22803
22804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22805
22806 ;;;***
22807 \f
22808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22809 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22810
22811 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22812 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22814 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22815 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22816
22817 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22818 reveals invisible text around point.
22819
22820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22821
22822 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22823 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22824 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22826 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22827 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22828
22829 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22830
22831 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22832 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22833 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22834
22835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22836 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22837 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22838
22839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22840
22841 ;;;***
22842 \f
22843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (20709 26818 907104
22844 ;;;;;; 0))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22846
22847 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22848 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22849
22850 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22851
22852 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22853 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22854
22855 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22856
22857 ;;;***
22858 \f
22859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20903 10024 645978
22860 ;;;;;; 0))
22861 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22862
22863 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22864 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22865 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22866 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22867
22868 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22869
22870 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22871 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22872 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22873 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22874
22875 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22876 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22877
22878 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22879 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22880
22881 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22882 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22883 INPUT-ARGS.
22884
22885 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22886 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22887 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22888 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22889 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22890
22891 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22892 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22893 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22894 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22895
22896 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22897 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22898 variable.
22899
22900 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22901
22902 ;;;***
22903 \f
22904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20992 52525 458637
22905 ;;;;;; 0))
22906 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22907
22908 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22909 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22910
22911 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22912
22913 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22914
22915 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22916 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22917 Its name should end with a slash.")
22918
22919 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22920 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22921
22922 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22923 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22924 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22925
22926 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22927
22928 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22929 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22930 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22931 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22932 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22933 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22934 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22935
22936 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22937 sent by you under different user names.
22938 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22939
22940 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22941
22942 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22943
22944 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22945
22946 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22947 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22948 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22949 explicitly.")
22950
22951 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22952
22953 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22954 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22955 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22956 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22957 which normally happens once for each message,
22958 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22959 To make a change in this variable take effect
22960 for a message that you have already viewed,
22961 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22962
22963 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22964
22965 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22966 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22967 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22968 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22969
22970 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22971
22972 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22973 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22974
22975 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22976
22977 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22978 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22979 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22980
22981 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22982
22983 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22984 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22985 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22986 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22987 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22988 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22989
22990 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22991
22992 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22993 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22994
22995 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22996
22997 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22998 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22999
23000 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23001
23002 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23003 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23004
23005 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23006 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23007
23008 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23009
23010 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23011 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23012
23013 This is set to nil by default.")
23014
23015 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23016 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23017 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23018 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23019 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23020 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23021 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23022
23023 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23024 Read and edit incoming mail.
23025 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23026 file in RMAIL Mode.
23027 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23028
23029 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23030 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23031 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23032 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23033
23034 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23035
23036 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23037
23038 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23039 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23040 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23041 Instead, these commands are available:
23042
23043 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23044 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23045 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23046 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23047 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23048 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23049 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23050 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23051 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23052 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23053 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23054 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23055 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23056 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23057 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23058 till a deleted message is found.
23059 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23060 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23061 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23062 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23063 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23064 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23065 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23066 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23067 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23068 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23069 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23070 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23071 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23072 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23073 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23074 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23075 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23076 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23077 (label defaults to last one specified).
23078 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23079 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23080 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23081 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23082 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23083 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23084 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23085 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23086 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23087
23088 \(fn)" t nil)
23089
23090 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23091 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23092
23093 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23094
23095 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23096 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23097
23098 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23099
23100 ;;;***
23101 \f
23102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23103 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23104 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23105 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23106
23107 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23108 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23109 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23110 case it writes Babyl.
23111
23112 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23113 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23114 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23115 `rmail-default-file'.
23116
23117 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23118 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23119 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23120
23121 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23122 the header display is currently pruned.
23123
23124 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23125 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23126 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23127 messages after output.
23128
23129 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23130 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23131 message (if writing a file directly).
23132
23133 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23134 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23135
23136 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23137
23138 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23139 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23140 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23141 i) the header is output as currently seen
23142 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23143 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23144
23145 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23146 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23147 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23148
23149 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23150
23151 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23152 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23153 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23154 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23155 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23156 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23157 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23158
23159 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23160 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23161 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23162
23163 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23164
23165 ;;;***
23166 \f
23167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (20998 4934
23168 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
23169 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23170
23171 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23172 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23173 Return a pattern.
23174
23175 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23176
23177 ;;;***
23178 \f
23179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (20813 33065
23180 ;;;;;; 721081 0))
23181 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23182
23183 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23184 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23185 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23186 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23187
23188 \(fn)" t nil)
23189
23190 ;;;***
23191 \f
23192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (20884 6711
23193 ;;;;;; 386198 0))
23194 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23195
23196 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23197 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23198
23199 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23200 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23201 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23202 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23203 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23204 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23205 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23206 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23207 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23208 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23209
23210 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23211 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23212 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23213 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23214 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23215 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23216 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23217 to use for finding the schema.
23218
23219 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23220
23221 ;;;***
23222 \f
23223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709 26818 907104
23224 ;;;;;; 0))
23225 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23226
23227 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23228
23229 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23230 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23231 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23232 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23233 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23234 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23235 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23236 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23237 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23238 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23239 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23240 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23241 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23242 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23243 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23244 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23245 must be equal.
23246
23247 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23248
23249 ;;;***
23250 \f
23251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23252 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23253 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23254
23255 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23256 Define a robin package.
23257
23258 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23259 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23260 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23261 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23262
23263 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23264 one replaces the old one.
23265
23266 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23267
23268 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23269 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23270
23271 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23272 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23273 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23274
23275 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23276
23277 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23278 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23279
23280 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23281
23282 ;;;***
23283 \f
23284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
23285 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23286
23287 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23288 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23289
23290 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23291
23292 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23293 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23294
23295 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23296
23297 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23298 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23299
23300 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23301
23302 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23303 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23304 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23305
23306 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23307 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23308 in ROT13.
23309
23310 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23311
23312 \(fn)" t nil)
23313
23314 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23315 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23316
23317 \(fn)" t nil)
23318
23319 ;;;***
23320 \f
23321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (20932 10282 564846
23322 ;;;;;; 0))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23324 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23325
23326 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23327 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23328 \\<rst-mode-map>
23329
23330 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23331 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23332 highlighting.
23333
23334 \\{rst-mode-map}
23335
23336 \(fn)" t nil)
23337
23338 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23339 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23340 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23341 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23342 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23343
23344 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23345 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23346 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23347
23348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23349
23350 ;;;***
23351 \f
23352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21024
23353 ;;;;;; 28968 738399 0))
23354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23355 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23356 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23357 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23358 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23359 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23360 nesting into account.
23361
23362 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23363
23364 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23365
23366 \(fn)" t nil)
23367
23368 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "Vagrant\\|Guard\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23369
23370 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23371
23372 ;;;***
23373 \f
23374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20791 9657 561026
23375 ;;;;;; 0))
23376 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23377 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23378 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23379 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23380 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23381
23382 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23383 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23385 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23386 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23387
23388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23389
23390 ;;;***
23391 \f
23392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709 26818 907104
23393 ;;;;;; 0))
23394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23395
23396 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23397 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23398 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23399 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23400
23401 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23402
23403 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23404 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23405 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23406
23407 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23408 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23409 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23410
23411 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23412 notation.
23413
23414 STRING
23415 matches string STRING literally.
23416
23417 CHAR
23418 matches character CHAR literally.
23419
23420 `not-newline', `nonl'
23421 matches any character except a newline.
23422
23423 `anything'
23424 matches any character
23425
23426 `(any SET ...)'
23427 `(in SET ...)'
23428 `(char SET ...)'
23429 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23430 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23431 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23432
23433 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23434 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23435 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23436 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23437
23438 `(not (any SET ...))'
23439 matches any character not in SET ...
23440
23441 `line-start', `bol'
23442 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23443 in the text being matched
23444
23445 `line-end', `eol'
23446 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23447
23448 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23449 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23450 string being matched against.
23451
23452 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23453 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23454 string being matched against.
23455
23456 `buffer-start'
23457 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23458 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23459
23460 `buffer-end'
23461 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23462 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23463
23464 `point'
23465 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23466
23467 `word-start', `bow'
23468 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23469
23470 `word-end', `eow'
23471 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23472
23473 `word-boundary'
23474 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23475 word.
23476
23477 `(not word-boundary)'
23478 `not-word-boundary'
23479 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23480 word.
23481
23482 `symbol-start'
23483 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23484
23485 `symbol-end'
23486 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23487
23488 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23489 matches 0 through 9.
23490
23491 `control', `cntrl'
23492 matches ASCII control characters.
23493
23494 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23495 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23496
23497 `blank'
23498 matches space and tab only.
23499
23500 `graphic', `graph'
23501 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23502 space, and DEL.
23503
23504 `printing', `print'
23505 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23506 and DEL.
23507
23508 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23509 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23510 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23511
23512 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23513 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23514 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23515
23516 `ascii'
23517 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23518
23519 `nonascii'
23520 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23521
23522 `lower', `lower-case'
23523 matches anything lower-case.
23524
23525 `upper', `upper-case'
23526 matches anything upper-case.
23527
23528 `punctuation', `punct'
23529 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23530 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23531
23532 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23533 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23534
23535 `word', `wordchar'
23536 matches anything that has word syntax.
23537
23538 `not-wordchar'
23539 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23540
23541 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23542 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23543 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23544 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23545
23546 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23547 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23548 `word' (\\sw)
23549 `symbol' (\\s_)
23550 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23551 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23552 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23553 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23554 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23555 `escape' (\\s\\)
23556 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23557 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23558 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23559 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23560 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23561
23562 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23563 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23564
23565 `(category CATEGORY)'
23566 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23567 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23568
23569 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23570 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23571 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23572 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23573 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23574 `symbol' (\\c5)
23575 `digit' (\\c6)
23576 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23577 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23578 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23579 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23580 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23581 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23582 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23583 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23584 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23585 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23586 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23587 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23588 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23589 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23590 `ascii' (\\ca)
23591 `arabic' (\\cb)
23592 `chinese' (\\cc)
23593 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23594 `greek' (\\cg)
23595 `korean' (\\ch)
23596 `indian' (\\ci)
23597 `japanese' (\\cj)
23598 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23599 `latin' (\\cl)
23600 `lao' (\\co)
23601 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23602 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23603 `thai' (\\ct)
23604 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23605 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23606 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23607 `can-break' (\\c|)
23608
23609 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23610 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23611
23612 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23613 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23614 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23615 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23616 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23617
23618 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23619 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23620 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23621 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23622
23623 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23624 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23625 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23626 group number N.
23627
23628 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23629 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23630 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23631 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23632 regular expression.
23633
23634 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23635 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23636 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23637 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23638 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23639
23640 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23641 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23642
23643 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23644 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23645
23646 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23647 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23648 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23649
23650 `(* SEXP ...)'
23651 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23652 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23653
23654 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23655 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23656 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23657
23658 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23659 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23660 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23661
23662 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23663 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23664
23665 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23666 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23667
23668 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23669 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23670 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23671 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23672
23673 `(? SEXP ...)'
23674 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23675
23676 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23677 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23678
23679 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23680 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23681 matches N occurrences.
23682
23683 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23684 matches N or more occurrences.
23685
23686 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23687 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23688 matches N to M occurrences.
23689
23690 `(backref N)'
23691 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23692
23693 `(eval FORM)'
23694 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23695 `regexp-quote' it.
23696
23697 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23698 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23699
23700 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23701
23702 ;;;***
23703 \f
23704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (20709 26818
23705 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23706 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23707 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23708 ;;;***
23709 \f
23710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (20709 26818 907104
23711 ;;;;;; 0))
23712 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23713 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23714 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23715 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23716 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23719 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23720
23721 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23722
23723 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23724 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23726 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23727 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23728
23729 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23730 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23731 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23732 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23733
23734 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23735 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23736 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23737
23738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23739
23740 ;;;***
23741 \f
23742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (20924 16196
23743 ;;;;;; 967284 0))
23744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23745
23746 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23747 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23748 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23749
23750 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23751 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23752 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23753 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23754 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23755 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23756 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23757 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23758
23759 Commands:
23760 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23761 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23762 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23763 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23764 if that value is non-nil.
23765
23766 \(fn)" t nil)
23767
23768 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23769 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23770 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23771
23772 Commands:
23773 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23774 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23775 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23776 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23777 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23778 that variable's value is a string.
23779
23780 \(fn)" t nil)
23781
23782 ;;;***
23783 \f
23784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (20709 26818
23785 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23787
23788 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23789 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23790 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23791
23792 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23793
23794 \(fn)" t nil)
23795
23796 ;;;***
23797 \f
23798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (20709 26818 907104
23799 ;;;;;; 0))
23800 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23801
23802 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23803 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23804 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23807 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23808
23809 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23810
23811 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23812 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23814 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23815 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23816
23817 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23818 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23819
23820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23821
23822 ;;;***
23823 \f
23824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (20709 26818
23825 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23826 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23827
23828 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23829 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23831 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23832 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23833 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23834 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23835 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23836
23837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23838
23839 ;;;***
23840 \f
23841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20929 34089 117790
23842 ;;;;;; 0))
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23844 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23845 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23846
23847 ;;;***
23848 \f
23849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (20908 27948
23850 ;;;;;; 216644 0))
23851 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23852 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23853 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23854 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23855 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23856
23857 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23858 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23859 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23860 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23861 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23862 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23863 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23864 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23865 keybinding for tag names.
23866 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23867 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23868 of the symbol under point.
23869 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23870 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23871 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23872 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23873 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23874 syntax tokens.
23875 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23876
23877 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23878
23879 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23880 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23881 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23883 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23884 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23885
23886 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23887
23888 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23889 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23891 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23892 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23893
23894 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23895 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23896 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23897 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23898 Semantic mode.
23899
23900 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23901
23902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23903
23904 ;;;***
23905 \f
23906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23907 ;;;;;; (20895 15912 444844 0))
23908 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23909
23910 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23911 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23912
23913 \(fn)" t nil)
23914
23915 ;;;***
23916 \f
23917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23918 ;;;;;; (20879 27694 495748 0))
23919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23920
23921 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23922 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23923
23924 \(fn)" t nil)
23925
23926 ;;;***
23927 \f
23928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
23929 ;;;;;; 0))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23931
23932 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23933 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23934
23935 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23936 king@grassland.com
23937 If `parens', they look like:
23938 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23939 If `angles', they look like:
23940 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23941
23942 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23943 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23944
23945 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23946
23947 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23948 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23949 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23950 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23951
23952 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23953 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23954 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23955 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23956
23957 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23958
23959 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23960 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23961 This is done when the message is initialized,
23962 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23963
23964 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23965
23966 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23967 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23968 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23969
23970 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23971
23972 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23973 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23974 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23975 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23976 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23977 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23978 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23979
23980 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23981
23982 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23983 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23984
23985 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23986
23987 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23988 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23989 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23990 be a Babyl file.")
23991
23992 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23993
23994 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23995 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23996 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23997 when you first send mail.")
23998
23999 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24000
24001 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24002 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24003 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24004 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24005 This file need not actually exist.")
24006
24007 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24008
24009 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24010 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24011
24012 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24013
24014 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24015 Alist of mail address aliases,
24016 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24017 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24018 can specify a different file name.)
24019 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24020 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24021
24022 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24023 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24024 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24025
24026 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24027
24028 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24029 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24030 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24031
24032 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24033
24034 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24035 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24036 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24037 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24038 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24039 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24040 in the cited portion of the message.
24041
24042 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24043 instead of no action.")
24044
24045 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24046
24047 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24048 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24049 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24050 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24051 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24052
24053 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24054
24055 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24056 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24057 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24058 If a string, that string is inserted.
24059 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24060 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24061 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24062 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24063
24064 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24065
24066 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24067 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24068
24069 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24070
24071 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24072 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24073 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24074
24075 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24076 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24077
24078 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24079
24080 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24081 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24082 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24083 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24084
24085 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24086
24087 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24088 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24089 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24090
24091 \(fn)" nil nil)
24092
24093 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24094
24095 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24096
24097
24098 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24099
24100 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24101 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24102 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24103
24104 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24105 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24106
24107 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24108 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24109 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24110 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24111 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24112 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24113 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24114 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24115 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24116 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24117 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24118 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24119 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24120 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24121
24122 \(fn)" t nil)
24123
24124 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24125 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24126 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24127 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24128
24129 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24130
24131 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24132 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24133 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24134 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24135 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24136 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24137
24138 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24139 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24140 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24141
24142 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24143 User should not set this variable manually,
24144 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24145 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24146 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24147
24148 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24149 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24150 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24151 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24152
24153 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24154 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24155
24156 \\<mail-mode-map>
24157 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24158
24159 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24160 to move to message header fields:
24161 \\{mail-mode-map}
24162
24163 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24164 when the message is initialized.
24165
24166 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24167 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24168
24169 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24170 is inserted.
24171
24172 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24173 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24174
24175 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24176 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24177 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24178 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24179 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24180 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24181 buffer without erasing the contents.
24182
24183 The second through fifth arguments,
24184 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24185 the initial contents of those header fields.
24186 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24187 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24188 original message being replied to, or else an action
24189 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24190 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24191 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24192 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24193 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24194 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24195
24196 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24197
24198 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24199 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24200
24201 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24202
24203 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24204 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24205
24206 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24207
24208 ;;;***
24209 \f
24210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
24211 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24212
24213 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24214
24215 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24216
24217 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24218
24219 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24220 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24221 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24222 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24223 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24224 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24225
24226 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24227 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24228
24229 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24230 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24231 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24232
24233 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24234 \\[server-start].
24235
24236 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24237
24238 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24239 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24240 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24241 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24242
24243 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24244
24245 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24246 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24247 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24250 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24251
24252 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24253
24254 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24255 Toggle Server mode.
24256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24258 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24259
24260 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24261 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24262 `server-start' for details.
24263
24264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24265
24266 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24267 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24268 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24269
24270 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24271 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24272
24273 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24274
24275 ;;;***
24276 \f
24277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
24278 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24279
24280 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24281 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24282 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24283
24284 Key definitions:
24285 \\{ses-mode-map}
24286 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24287 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24288 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24289 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24290
24291 \(fn)" t nil)
24292
24293 ;;;***
24294 \f
24295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (20784
24296 ;;;;;; 36406 653593 0))
24297 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24298
24299 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24300 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24301 Makes > match <.
24302 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24303 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24304
24305 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24306 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24307 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24308
24309 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24310 in your init file.
24311
24312 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24313
24314 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24315 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24316 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24317
24318 \(fn)" t nil)
24319
24320 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24321 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24322 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24323 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24324 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24325 which this is based.
24326
24327 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24328
24329 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24330 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24331 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24332 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24333
24334 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24335 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24336 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24337
24338 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24339 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24340 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24341 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24342
24343 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24344 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24345 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24346 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24347
24348 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24349
24350 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24351 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24352 To work around that, do:
24353 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24354
24355 \\{html-mode-map}
24356
24357 \(fn)" t nil)
24358
24359 ;;;***
24360 \f
24361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21022
24362 ;;;;;; 40320 762131 34000))
24363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24364 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)(put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24365
24366 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24367 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24368 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24369 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24370 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24371 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24372
24373 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24374 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24375 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24376 shell-specific features.
24377
24378 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24379 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24380 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24381 \\<sh-mode-map>
24382 \\[sh-case] case statement
24383 \\[sh-for] for loop
24384 \\[sh-function] function definition
24385 \\[sh-if] if statement
24386 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24387 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24388 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24389 \\[sh-select] select loop
24390 \\[sh-until] until loop
24391 \\[sh-while] while loop
24392
24393 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24394 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24395 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24396 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24397 would indent to the way it currently is.
24398 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24399 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24400
24401
24402 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24403 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24404 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24405 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24406 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24407 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24408
24409 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24410 unquoted < insert a here document.
24411
24412 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24413 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24414 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24415
24416 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24417 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24418
24419 \(fn)" t nil)
24420
24421 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24422
24423 ;;;***
24424 \f
24425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (20858 21542
24426 ;;;;;; 723007 0))
24427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24428
24429 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24430 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24431
24432 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24433 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24434 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24435
24436 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24437 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24438 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24439 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24440 the earlier.
24441
24442 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24443
24444 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24445
24446 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24447 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24448 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24449
24450 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24451 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24452
24453 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24454 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24455 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24456 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24457 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24458 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24459 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24460 Emacs version).
24461
24462 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24463 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24464 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24465 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24466 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24467
24468 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24469 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24470
24471 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24472
24473 ;;;***
24474 \f
24475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20959 55207 940876
24476 ;;;;;; 0))
24477 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24478
24479 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24480 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24481 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24482 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24483 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24484 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24485 sites in the cluster.
24486
24487 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24488
24489 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24490 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24491 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24492 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24493 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24494
24495 \(fn)" t nil)
24496
24497 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24498 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24499 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24500 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24501 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24502 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24503 `shadow-define-cluster').
24504
24505 \(fn)" t nil)
24506
24507 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24508 Set up file shadowing.
24509
24510 \(fn)" t nil)
24511
24512 ;;;***
24513 \f
24514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
24515 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24516
24517 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24518 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24519 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24520 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24521 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24522 arguments.")
24523
24524 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24525
24526 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24527 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24528 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24529 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24530 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24531
24532 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24533 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24534 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24535 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24536 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24537 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24538 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24539 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24540 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24541 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24542 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24543
24544 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24545 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24546 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24547 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24548 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24549 `default-process-coding-system'.
24550
24551 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24552 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24553 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24554 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24555
24556 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24557
24558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24559
24560 ;;;***
24561 \f
24562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21007 19880 17663 0))
24563 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24564
24565 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24566 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24567 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24568 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24569
24570 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24571
24572 ;;;***
24573 \f
24574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20926 57896 715754
24575 ;;;;;; 0))
24576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24577
24578 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24579
24580
24581 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24582
24583 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24584
24585
24586 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24587
24588 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24589
24590
24591 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24592
24593 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24594
24595
24596 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24597
24598 ;;;***
24599 \f
24600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (20709 26818
24601 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24603
24604 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24605 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24606 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24607 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24608 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24609
24610 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24611
24612 \(fn)" t nil)
24613
24614 ;;;***
24615 \f
24616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777 63161
24617 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
24618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24619
24620 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24621 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24622 \\{simula-mode-map}
24623 Variables controlling indentation style:
24624 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24625 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24626 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24627 `simula-indent-level'
24628 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24629 `simula-substatement-offset'
24630 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24631 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24632 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24633 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24634 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24635 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24636 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24637 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24638 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24639 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24640 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24641 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24642 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24643 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24644 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24645 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24646 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24647 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24648 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24649 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24650 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24651 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24652 or nil if they should not be changed.
24653 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24654 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24655 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24656 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24657
24658 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24659 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24660
24661 \(fn)" t nil)
24662
24663 ;;;***
24664 \f
24665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20912 25000 802412
24666 ;;;;;; 0))
24667 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24668
24669 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24670 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24671
24672 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24673 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24674 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24675 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24676
24677 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24678
24679 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24680
24681 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24682 Insert SKELETON.
24683 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24684 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24685 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24686 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24687 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24688
24689 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24690 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24691
24692 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24693
24694 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24695 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24696
24697 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24698 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24699 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24700 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24701
24702 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24703 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24704 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24705 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24706
24707 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24708 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24709 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24710
24711 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24712 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24713
24714 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24715 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24716
24717 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24718 _ interesting point, interregion here
24719 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24720 interesting point set by _
24721 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24722 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24723 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24724 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24725 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24726 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24727 nil skipped
24728
24729 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24730 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24731
24732 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24733 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24734 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24735 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24736 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24737 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24738 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24739 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24740
24741 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24742 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24743 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24744 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24745 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24746 available:
24747
24748 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24749 then: insert previously read string once more
24750 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24751 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24752 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24753
24754 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24755 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24756
24757 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24758
24759 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24760 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24761
24762 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24763 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24764 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24765 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24766 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24767 such as backslash.
24768
24769 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24770 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24771 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24772
24773 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24774
24775 ;;;***
24776 \f
24777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21022 27213
24778 ;;;;;; 317995 0))
24779 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24780
24781 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24782 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24783 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24784 buffer names.
24785
24786 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24787
24788 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24789 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24791 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24792 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24793 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24794
24795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24796
24797 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24798 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24799 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24800
24801 \(fn)" t nil)
24802
24803 ;;;***
24804 \f
24805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (20726 5184 974741
24806 ;;;;;; 509000))
24807 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24808
24809 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24810 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24811 A list of images is returned.
24812
24813 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24814
24815 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24816 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24817 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24818
24819 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24820
24821 ;;;***
24822 \f
24823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818
24824 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24825 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24826
24827 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24828
24829
24830 \(fn)" nil nil)
24831
24832 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24833 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24834
24835 \(fn)" t nil)
24836
24837 ;;;***
24838 \f
24839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (20709 26818 907104
24840 ;;;;;; 0))
24841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24842
24843 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24844 Play the Snake game.
24845 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24846
24847 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24848
24849 Snake mode keybindings:
24850 \\<snake-mode-map>
24851 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24852 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24853 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24854 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24855 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24856 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24857 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24858
24859 \(fn)" t nil)
24860
24861 ;;;***
24862 \f
24863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (20891 18859
24864 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
24865 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24866
24867 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24868 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24869 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24870 Tab indents for C code.
24871 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24872 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24873 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24874 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24875 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24876
24877 \(fn)" t nil)
24878
24879 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24880 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24881 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24882 Tab indents for C code.
24883 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24884 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24885 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24886 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24887 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24888
24889 \(fn)" t nil)
24890
24891 ;;;***
24892 \f
24893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709 26818 907104
24894 ;;;;;; 0))
24895 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24896
24897 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24898 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24899 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24900 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24901 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24902
24903 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24904
24905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24906
24907 ;;;***
24908 \f
24909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709 26818
24910 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24911 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24912
24913 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24914 Play Solitaire.
24915
24916 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24917 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24918 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24919 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24920 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24921 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24922 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24923 check after each move or undo.)
24924
24925 What is Solitaire?
24926
24927 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24928 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24929 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24930
24931 Le Solitaire
24932 ============
24933
24934 o o o
24935
24936 o o o
24937
24938 o o o o o o o
24939
24940 o o o . o o o
24941
24942 o o o o o o o
24943
24944 o o o
24945
24946 o o o
24947
24948 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24949 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24950 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24951 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24952
24953 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24954 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24955 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24956 this: o o .
24957
24958 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24959 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24960
24961 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24962
24963 o o o
24964
24965 . o o
24966
24967 o o . o o o o
24968
24969 o . o o o o o
24970
24971 o o o o o o o
24972
24973 o o o
24974
24975 o o o
24976
24977 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24978
24979 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24980
24981 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24982
24983 ;;;***
24984 \f
24985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (20896 36774 886399 0))
24986 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24987 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24988
24989 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24990 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24991
24992 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24993 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24994 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24995 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24996 contiguous.
24997
24998 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24999 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25000 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25001 the sort order.
25002
25003 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25004 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25005
25006 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25007 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25008 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25009 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25010 is called.
25011
25012 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25013 It should move point to the end of the record.
25014
25015 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25016 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25017 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25018 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25019 starts at the beginning of the record.
25020
25021 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25022 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25023 same as ENDRECFUN.
25024
25025 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25026 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25027 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25028 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25029 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25030 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25031 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25032
25033 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25034
25035 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25036 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25037 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25038 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25039 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25040 the sort order.
25041
25042 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25043
25044 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25045 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25046 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25047 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25048 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25049 the sort order.
25050
25051 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25052
25053 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25054 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25055 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25056 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25057 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25058 the sort order.
25059
25060 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25061 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25062
25063 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25064 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25065 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25066 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25067 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25068 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25069 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25070 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25071 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25072
25073 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25074
25075 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25076 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25077 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25078 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25079 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25080 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25081 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25082 the sort order.
25083
25084 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25085
25086 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25087 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25088 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25089 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25090
25091 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25092 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25093
25094 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25095 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25096 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25097 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25098 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25099 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25100 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25101 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25102
25103 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25104
25105 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25106 the sort order.
25107
25108 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25109 starting with the letter \"f\",
25110 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25111
25112 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25113
25114 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25115 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25116 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25117 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25118 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25119 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25120 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25121 the sort order.
25122
25123 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25124 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25125 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25126 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25127 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25128
25129 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25130
25131 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25132 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25133 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25134
25135 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25136
25137 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25138 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25139
25140 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25141 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25142 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25143 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25144
25145 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25146 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
25147 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25148 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25149 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25150
25151 If KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (when called interactively with three C-u prefixes),
25152 duplicate blank lines are preserved.
25153
25154 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25155 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25156 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25157
25158 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25159
25160 ;;;***
25161 \f
25162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
25163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25164
25165 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25166 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25167 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25168 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25169 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25170 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25171
25172 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25173
25174 ;;;***
25175 \f
25176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (20874
25177 ;;;;;; 65006 672942 217000))
25178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25179
25180 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25181 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25182
25183 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25184 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25185 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25186
25187 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25188
25189 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25190 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25191 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25192 server.
25193
25194 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25195
25196 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25197 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25198 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25199
25200 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25201
25202 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25203 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25204 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25205 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25206 Agent is plugged.
25207
25208 \(fn)" t nil)
25209
25210 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25211 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25212 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25213 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25214
25215 \(fn)" t nil)
25216
25217 ;;;***
25218 \f
25219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21024 28968 738399
25220 ;;;;;; 0))
25221 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25222
25223 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25224
25225 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25226 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25227 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25228 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25229 supported at a time.
25230 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25231 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25232
25233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25234
25235 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25236 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25237 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25238 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25239
25240 \(fn)" t nil)
25241
25242 ;;;***
25243 \f
25244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (20709 26818 907104
25245 ;;;;;; 0))
25246 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25247
25248 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25249 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25250
25251 \(fn)" t nil)
25252
25253 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25254 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25255
25256 \(fn)" nil nil)
25257
25258 ;;;***
25259 \f
25260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (20975 10147 44538
25261 ;;;;;; 0))
25262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25263 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25264 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25265 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25266
25267 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25268 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25269 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25270 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25271 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25272 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25273 of the current highlighting list.
25274
25275 For example:
25276
25277 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25278 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25279
25280 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25281 `_t' as data types.
25282
25283 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25284
25285 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25286
25287 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25288 Major mode to edit SQL.
25289
25290 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25291 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25292 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25293
25294 \\{sql-mode-map}
25295 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25296
25297 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25298 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25299 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25300 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25301 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25302 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25303
25304 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25305 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25306
25307 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25308 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25309 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25310
25311 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25312 (lambda ()
25313 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25314
25315 \(fn)" t nil)
25316
25317 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25318 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25319
25320 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25321 their settings.
25322
25323 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25324 is specified in the connection settings.
25325
25326 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25327
25328 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25329 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25330
25331 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25332 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25333
25334 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25335 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25336 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25337 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25338
25339 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25340
25341 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25342
25343 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25344 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25345
25346 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25347 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25348 `*SQL*'.
25349
25350 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25351 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25352 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25353 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25354
25355 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25356 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25357
25358 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25359 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25360 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25361 buffer.
25362
25363 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25364 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25365 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25366 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25367 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25368 `default-process-coding-system'.
25369
25370 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25371
25372 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25373
25374 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25375 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25376
25377 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25378 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25379 `*SQL*'.
25380
25381 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25382 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25383 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25384 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25385
25386 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25387 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25388
25389 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25390 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25391 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25392 buffer.
25393
25394 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25395 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25396 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25397 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25398 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25399 `default-process-coding-system'.
25400
25401 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25402
25403 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25404
25405 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25406 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25407
25408 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25409 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25410 `*SQL*'.
25411
25412 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25413 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25414
25415 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25416 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25417
25418 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25419 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25420 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25421 buffer.
25422
25423 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25424 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25425 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25426 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25427 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25428 `default-process-coding-system'.
25429
25430 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25431
25432 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25433
25434 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25435 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25436
25437 SQLite is free software.
25438
25439 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25440 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25441 `*SQL*'.
25442
25443 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25444 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25445 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25446 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25447
25448 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25449 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25450
25451 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25452 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25453 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25454 buffer.
25455
25456 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25457 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25458 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25459 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25460 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25461 `default-process-coding-system'.
25462
25463 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25464
25465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25466
25467 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25468 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25469
25470 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25471
25472 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25473 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25474 `*SQL*'.
25475
25476 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25477 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25478 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25479 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25480
25481 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25482 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25483
25484 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25485 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25486 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25487 buffer.
25488
25489 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25490 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25491 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25492 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25493 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25494 `default-process-coding-system'.
25495
25496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25497
25498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25499
25500 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25501 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25502
25503 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25504 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25505 `*SQL*'.
25506
25507 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25508 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25509 defaults, if set.
25510
25511 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25512 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25513
25514 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25515 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25516 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25517 buffer.
25518
25519 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25520 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25521 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25522 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25523 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25524 `default-process-coding-system'.
25525
25526 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25527
25528 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25529
25530 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25531 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25532
25533 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25534 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25535 `*SQL*'.
25536
25537 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25538 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25539
25540 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25541 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25542
25543 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25544 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25545 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25546 buffer.
25547
25548 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25549 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25550 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25551 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25552 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25553 `default-process-coding-system'.
25554
25555 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25556
25557 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25558
25559 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25560 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25561
25562 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25563 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25564 `*SQL*'.
25565
25566 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25567 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25568 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25569 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25570
25571 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25572 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25573
25574 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25575 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25576 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25577 buffer.
25578
25579 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25580 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25581 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25582 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25583 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25584 `default-process-coding-system'.
25585
25586 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25587
25588 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25589
25590 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25591 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25592
25593 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25594 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25595 `*SQL*'.
25596
25597 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25598 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25599 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25600 `sql-postgres-options'.
25601
25602 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25603 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25604
25605 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25606 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25607 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25608 buffer.
25609
25610 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25611 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25612 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25613 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25614 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25615 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25616 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25617 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25618
25619 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25620 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25621
25622 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25623
25624 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25625
25626 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25627 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25628
25629 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25630 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25631 `*SQL*'.
25632
25633 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25634 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25635 defaults, if set.
25636
25637 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25638 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25639
25640 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25641 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25642 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25643 buffer.
25644
25645 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25646 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25647 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25648 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25649 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25650 `default-process-coding-system'.
25651
25652 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25653
25654 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25655
25656 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25657 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25658
25659 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25660 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25661 `*SQL*'.
25662
25663 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25664 automatic login.
25665
25666 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25667 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25668
25669 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25670 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25671 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25672 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25673
25674 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25675 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25676 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25677 buffer.
25678
25679 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25680 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25681 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25682 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25683 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25684 `default-process-coding-system'.
25685
25686 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25687
25688 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25689
25690 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25691 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25692
25693 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25694 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25695 `*SQL*'.
25696
25697 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25698 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25699 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25700 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25701 parameters.
25702
25703 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25704 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25705 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25706 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25707 an empty password.
25708
25709 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25710 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25711
25712 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25713 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25714 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25715 buffer.
25716
25717 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25718
25719 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25720
25721 ;;;***
25722 \f
25723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (20748 62911 684442
25724 ;;;;;; 0))
25725 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25726 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25727 ;;;***
25728 \f
25729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25730 ;;;;;; (20813 33065 721081 0))
25731 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25732
25733 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25734 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25735
25736 \(fn)" t nil)
25737
25738 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25739
25740 ;;;***
25741 \f
25742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (20709 26818
25743 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
25744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25745
25746 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25747 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25748 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25749 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25750 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25751 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25752 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25753 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25754 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25755 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25756 with any buffer
25757 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25758 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25759 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25760 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25761
25762 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25763
25764 ;;;***
25765 \f
25766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
25767 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25768
25769 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25770 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25771 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25772 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25773 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25774 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25775
25776 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25777
25778 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25781 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25782 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25783 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25784 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25785 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25786 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25787
25788 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25789
25790 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25791 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25792 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25793 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25794 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25795 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25796 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25797
25798 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25799
25800 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25801 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25802 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25803
25804 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25805
25806 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25807 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25808 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25809
25810 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25811
25812 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25813 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25814
25815 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25816
25817 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25818 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25819
25820 \(fn)" t nil)
25821
25822 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25823 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25824
25825 \(fn)" t nil)
25826
25827 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25828 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25829 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25830 chronologically by command name.
25831 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25832
25833 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25834
25835 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25836 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25837 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25840 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25841
25842 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25843
25844 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25845 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25847 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25848 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25849
25850 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25851 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25852 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25853 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25854 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25855
25856 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25857 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25858 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25859 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25860
25861 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25862
25863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25864
25865 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25866 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25867 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25868 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25869
25870 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25871
25872 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25873 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25874
25875 \(fn)" t nil)
25876
25877 ;;;***
25878 \f
25879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955
25880 ;;;;;; 0))
25881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25882
25883 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25884 Studlify-case the region.
25885
25886 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25887
25888 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25889 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25890
25891 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25892
25893 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25894 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25895
25896 \(fn)" t nil)
25897
25898 ;;;***
25899 \f
25900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (20974 22577
25901 ;;;;;; 548213 0))
25902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25903
25904 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25905 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25908 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25909
25910 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25911 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25912 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25913 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25914
25915 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25916 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25917 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25918
25919 Nomenclature Subwords
25920 ===========================================================
25921 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25922 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25923 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25924
25925 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25926 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25927 as words.
25928
25929 \\{subword-mode-map}
25930
25931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25932
25933 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25934 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25935 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25936 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25937 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25938 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25939
25940 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25941
25942 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25943 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25944 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25945 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25946 ARG is omitted or nil.
25947
25948 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25949 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25950 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25951
25952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25953
25954 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25955 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25956 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25957 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25958 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25959
25960 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25961 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25962 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25963
25964 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25965 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25966 edit them as words.
25967
25968 \\{superword-mode-map}
25969
25970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25971
25972 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25973 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25974 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25976 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25977 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25978
25979 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25980
25981 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25982 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25983 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25984 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25985 ARG is omitted or nil.
25986
25987 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25988 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25989 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25990
25991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25992
25993 ;;;***
25994 \f
25995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (20709 26818
25996 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
25997 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25998
25999 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26000 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26001 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26002 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26003 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26004 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26005 original message but it does require a few things:
26006
26007 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26008
26009 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26010 reply buffer.
26011
26012 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26013 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26014 original message.
26015
26016 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26017
26018 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26019
26020 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26021 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26022 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26023
26024 \(fn)" nil nil)
26025
26026 ;;;***
26027 \f
26028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709 26818 907104
26029 ;;;;;; 0))
26030 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26031
26032 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26033
26034 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26035 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26036 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26039 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26040
26041 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26042
26043 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26044 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26045 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26046 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26047 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26048
26049 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26050 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26051 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26052
26053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26054
26055 ;;;***
26056 \f
26057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
26058 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26059
26060 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26061 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26062 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26063 buffer.
26064
26065 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26066 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26067 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26068
26069 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26070
26071 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26072 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26073 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26074 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26075 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26076 buffer.
26077
26078 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26079 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26080 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26081
26082 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26083
26084 ;;;***
26085 \f
26086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104
26087 ;;;;;; 0))
26088 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26089
26090 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26091 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26092 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26093
26094 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26095
26096 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26097 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26098
26099 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26100
26101 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26102 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26103
26104 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26105
26106 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26107 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26108
26109 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26110
26111 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26112 Insert an editable text table.
26113 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26114 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26115 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26116 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26117 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26118 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26119 delimiting them.
26120
26121 Examples:
26122
26123 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26124
26125 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26126 location of point.
26127
26128 -!-
26129
26130 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26131 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26132 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26133 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26134 first cell.
26135
26136 +-----+-----+-----+
26137 |-!- | | |
26138 +-----+-----+-----+
26139
26140 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26141
26142 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26143 width, which results as
26144
26145 +--------------+-----+-----+
26146 |-!- | | |
26147 +--------------+-----+-----+
26148
26149 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26150 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26151
26152 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26153 | | |-!- |
26154 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26155
26156 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26157 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26158 width information to `table-insert'.
26159
26160 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26161
26162 instead of
26163
26164 Cell width(s): 5
26165
26166 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26167 work all together.
26168
26169 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26170 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26171
26172 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26173 |-!- | | |
26174 | | | |
26175 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26176
26177 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26178
26179 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26180 |-!- | | |
26181 | | | |
26182 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26183 | | | |
26184 | | | |
26185 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26186
26187 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26188
26189 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26190 | | | |
26191 | | | |
26192 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26193 | | | |
26194 | | | |
26195 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 -!-
26197
26198 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26199 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26200 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26201
26202 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26203 | | | |
26204 | | | |
26205 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26206 | | | |
26207 | | | |
26208 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26209 |-!- | | |
26210 | | | |
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26212
26213 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26214 results.
26215
26216 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26217 | | | |
26218 | | | |
26219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26220 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26221 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26222 | | |expected results.-!- |
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26224 | | | |
26225 | | | |
26226 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26227
26228 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26229
26230 \\{table-cell-map}
26231
26232 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26233
26234 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26235 Insert N table row(s).
26236 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26237 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26238 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26239 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26240
26241 \(fn N)" t nil)
26242
26243 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26244 Insert N table column(s).
26245 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26246 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26247 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26248 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26249
26250 \(fn N)" t nil)
26251
26252 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26253 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26254 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26255
26256 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26257
26258 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26259 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26260 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26261 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26262 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26263 all the table specific features.
26264
26265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26266
26267 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26268
26269
26270 \(fn)" t nil)
26271
26272 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26273 Recognize all tables within region.
26274 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26275 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26276 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26277 specific features.
26278
26279 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26280
26281 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26282
26283
26284 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26285
26286 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26287 Recognize a table at point.
26288 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26289 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26290 the table specific features.
26291
26292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26293
26294 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26295
26296
26297 \(fn)" t nil)
26298
26299 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26300 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26301 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26302 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26303 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26304 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26305 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26306
26307 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26308
26309 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26310
26311
26312 \(fn)" t nil)
26313
26314 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26315 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26316 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26317 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26318 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26319 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26320 specified.
26321
26322 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26323
26324 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26325 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26326 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26327 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26328 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26329 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26330 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26331 table structure.
26332
26333 \(fn N)" t nil)
26334
26335 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26336 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26337 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26338 table's rectangle structure.
26339
26340 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26341
26342 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26343 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26344 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26345 table's rectangle structure.
26346
26347 \(fn N)" t nil)
26348
26349 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26350 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26351 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26352 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26353 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26354
26355 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26356
26357 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26358 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26359 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26360
26361 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26362 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26363 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26364 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26365 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26366 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26367 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26368
26369 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26370 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26371 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26372 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26373 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26374 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26375 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26376
26377 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26378 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26379 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26380 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26381 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26382 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26383 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26384 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26385
26386 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26387
26388 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26389 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26390 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26391 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26392
26393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26394
26395 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26396 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26397 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26398
26399 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26400
26401 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26402 Split current cell vertically.
26403 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26404
26405 \(fn)" t nil)
26406
26407 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26408 Split current cell horizontally.
26409 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26410
26411 \(fn)" t nil)
26412
26413 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26414 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26415 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26416
26417 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26418
26419 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26420 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26421 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26422 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26423
26424 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26425
26426 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26427 Justify cell contents.
26428 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26429 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26430 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26431 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26432
26433 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26434
26435 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26436 Justify cells of a row.
26437 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26438 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26439
26440 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26443 Justify cells of a column.
26444 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26445 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26446
26447 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26448
26449 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26450 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26451 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26452 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26453 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26454 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26455 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26456 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26457 run-time.
26458
26459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26460
26461 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26462 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26463 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26464 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26465 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26466 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26467 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26468 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26469 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26470 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26471 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26472
26473 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26474
26475 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26476 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26477 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26478 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26479 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26480 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26481 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26482 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26483 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26484 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26485 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26486 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26487 untouched.
26488
26489 References used for this implementation:
26490
26491 HTML:
26492 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26493
26494 LaTeX:
26495 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26496
26497 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26498 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26499 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26500
26501 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26502
26503 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26504 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26505 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26506 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26507 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26508 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26509 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26510 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26511 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26512 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26513 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26514 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26515 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26516 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26517 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26518 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26519 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26520
26521 Example:
26522
26523 (progn
26524 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26525 (table-forward-cell 15)
26526 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26527 (table-forward-cell 16)
26528 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26529 (table-forward-cell 1)
26530 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26531
26532 (progn
26533 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26534 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26535 (table-forward-cell 1)
26536 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26537
26538 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26539
26540 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26541 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26542 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26543 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26544 consists from cells of same height.
26545
26546 \(fn N)" t nil)
26547
26548 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26549 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26550 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26551 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26552 column must consists from cells of same width.
26553
26554 \(fn N)" t nil)
26555
26556 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26557 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26558 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26559 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26560 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26561 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26562 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26563 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26564 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26565 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26566 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26567 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26568 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26569 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26570 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26571
26572
26573 Example 1:
26574
26575 1, 2, 3, 4
26576 5, 6, 7, 8
26577 , 9, 10
26578
26579 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26580 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26581 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26582 specified as 5.
26583
26584 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26585 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26586 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26587 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26588 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26589 | | 9 | 10 | |
26590 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26591
26592 Note:
26593
26594 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26595 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26596 of each row is optional.
26597
26598
26599 Example 2:
26600
26601 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26602 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26603 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26604 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26605 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26606
26607 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26608 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26609
26610 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26611 expression and raw delimiter regular
26612 expression, it parses the specified text
26613 area and extracts cell items from
26614 non-table text and then forms a table out
26615 of them.
26616
26617 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26618 creates a single cell table. The text in
26619 the specified region is placed in that
26620 cell.-*-
26621
26622 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26623 like this.
26624
26625 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26626 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26627 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26628 | |
26629 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26630 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26631 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26632 | area and extracts cell items from |
26633 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26634 | of them. |
26635 | |
26636 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26637 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26638 | the specified region is placed in that |
26639 | cell. |
26640 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26641
26642 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26643 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26644 independently.
26645
26646 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26647 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26648 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26649 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26650 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26651 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26652 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26653 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26654 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26655 | |of them. |
26656 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26657 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26658 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26659 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26660 | |cell. |
26661 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26662
26663 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26664 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26665 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26666
26667 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26668
26669 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26670 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26671 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26672 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26673 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26674
26675 \(fn)" t nil)
26676
26677 ;;;***
26678 \f
26679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
26680 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26681
26682 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26683 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26684
26685 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26686
26687 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26688 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26689
26690 \(fn)" t nil)
26691
26692 ;;;***
26693 \f
26694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20932 10282 564846
26695 ;;;;;; 0))
26696 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26697
26698 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26699 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26700 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26701 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26702 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26703 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26704 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26705
26706 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26707 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26708 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26709 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26710
26711 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26712 \\{tar-mode-map}
26713
26714 \(fn)" t nil)
26715
26716 ;;;***
26717 \f
26718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (20903 10024 645978
26719 ;;;;;; 0))
26720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26721
26722 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26723 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26724 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26725 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26726 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26727 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26728
26729 Variables controlling indentation style:
26730 `tcl-indent-level'
26731 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26732 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26733 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26734
26735 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26736 documentation for details):
26737 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26738 Controls action of TAB key.
26739 `tcl-auto-newline'
26740 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26741 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26742 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26743 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26744 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26745
26746 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26747 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26748 already exist.
26749
26750 \(fn)" t nil)
26751
26752 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26753 Run inferior Tcl process.
26754 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26755 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26756
26757 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26758
26759 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26760 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26761 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26762
26763 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26764
26765 ;;;***
26766 \f
26767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818 907104
26768 ;;;;;; 0))
26769 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26770
26771 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26772 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26773 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26774 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26775
26776 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26777 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26778 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26779 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26780 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26781
26782 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26783
26784 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26785 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26786 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26787 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26788
26789 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26790
26791 ;;;***
26792 \f
26793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (20921 39978 248467 0))
26794 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26795
26796 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26797 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26798 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26799 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26800 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26801 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26802
26803 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26804
26805 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26806 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26807 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26808 commands to use in that buffer.
26809
26810 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26811
26812 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26813
26814 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26815 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26816
26817 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26818
26819 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26820 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26821 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26822 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26823 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26824 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26825 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26826 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26827 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26828 use in that buffer.
26829 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26830
26831 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26832
26833 ;;;***
26834 \f
26835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (20878
26836 ;;;;;; 6823 881439 0))
26837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26838
26839 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26840 Start coverage on function under point.
26841
26842 \(fn)" t nil)
26843
26844 ;;;***
26845 \f
26846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20874 65006 672942
26847 ;;;;;; 217000))
26848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26849 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26850 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26851 Play the Tetris game.
26852 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26853 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26854 as to form complete rows.
26855
26856 tetris-mode keybindings:
26857 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26858 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26859 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26860 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26861 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26862 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26863 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26864 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26865 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26866
26867 \(fn)" t nil)
26868
26869 ;;;***
26870 \f
26871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (20774 53405
26872 ;;;;;; 754743 8000))
26873 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26874
26875 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26876 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26877
26878 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26879
26880 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26881 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26882 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26883 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26884 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26885
26886 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26887
26888 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26889 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26890 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26891 if it matches the first line of the file,
26892 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26893
26894 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26895
26896 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26897 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26898 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26899 if the variable is non-nil.")
26900
26901 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26902
26903 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26904 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26905
26906 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26907
26908 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26909 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26910 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26911 See the documentation of that variable.")
26912
26913 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26914
26915 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26916 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26917 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26918 See the documentation of that variable.")
26919
26920 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26921
26922 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26923 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26924 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26925 See the documentation of that variable.")
26926
26927 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26928
26929 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26930 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26931 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26932 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26933 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26934
26935 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26936
26937 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26938 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26939 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26940 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26941
26942 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26943
26944 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26945 User defined LaTeX block names.
26946 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26947
26948 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26949
26950 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26951 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26952 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26953 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26954
26955 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26956
26957 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26958 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26959 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26960 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26961
26962 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26963
26964 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26965 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26966 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26967 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26968
26969 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26970 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26971 for example,
26972
26973 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26974 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26975
26976 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26977 use.")
26978
26979 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26980
26981 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26982 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26983 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26984 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26985 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26986
26987 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26988
26989 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26990
26991 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26992 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26993 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26994
26995 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26996
26997 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26998 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26999 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27000 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27001 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27002
27003 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27004
27005 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27006 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27007
27008 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27009
27010 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27011 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27012
27013 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27014
27015 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27016 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27017 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27018 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27019 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27020 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27021 says which mode to use.
27022
27023 \(fn)" t nil)
27024
27025 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27026
27027 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27028
27029 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27030
27031 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27032 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27033 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27034 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27035 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27036
27037 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27038 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27039 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27040 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27041 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27042 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27043 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27044
27045 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27046 mismatched $'s or braces.
27047
27048 Special commands:
27049 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27050
27051 Mode variables:
27052 tex-run-command
27053 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27054 tex-directory
27055 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27056 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27057 tex-dvi-print-command
27058 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27059 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27060 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27061 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27062 tex-dvi-view-command
27063 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27064 tex-show-queue-command
27065 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27066 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27067
27068 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27069 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27070 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27071
27072 \(fn)" t nil)
27073
27074 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27075 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27076 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27077 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27078 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27079
27080 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27081 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27082 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27083 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27084 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27085 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27086 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27087
27088 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27089 mismatched $'s or braces.
27090
27091 Special commands:
27092 \\{latex-mode-map}
27093
27094 Mode variables:
27095 latex-run-command
27096 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27097 tex-directory
27098 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27099 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27100 tex-dvi-print-command
27101 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27102 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27103 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27104 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27105 tex-dvi-view-command
27106 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27107 tex-show-queue-command
27108 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27109 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27110
27111 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27112 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27113 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27114
27115 \(fn)" t nil)
27116
27117 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27118 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27119 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27120 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27121 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27122
27123 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27124 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27125 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27126 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27127 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27128 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27129 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27130
27131 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27132 mismatched $'s or braces.
27133
27134 Special commands:
27135 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27136
27137 Mode variables:
27138 slitex-run-command
27139 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27140 tex-directory
27141 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27142 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27143 tex-dvi-print-command
27144 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27145 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27146 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27147 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27148 tex-dvi-view-command
27149 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27150 tex-show-queue-command
27151 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27152 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27153
27154 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27155 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27156 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27157 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27158
27159 \(fn)" t nil)
27160
27161 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27162
27163
27164 \(fn)" nil nil)
27165
27166 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27167 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27168
27169 \(fn)" t nil)
27170
27171 ;;;***
27172 \f
27173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818
27174 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27176
27177 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27178 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27179 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27180 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27181
27182 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27183 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27184 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27185
27186 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27187
27188 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27189 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27190 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27191 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27192 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27193
27194 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27195
27196 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27197 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27198 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27199 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27200
27201 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27202 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27203 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27204 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27205
27206 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27207 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27208
27209 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27210
27211 ;;;***
27212 \f
27213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818
27214 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27215 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27216
27217 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27218 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27219
27220 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27221
27222 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27223 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27224
27225 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27226
27227 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27228 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27229
27230 It has these extra commands:
27231 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27232
27233 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27234 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27235 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27236 modified version of TeX input format.
27237
27238 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27239 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27240 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27241 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27242
27243 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27244 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27245 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27246 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27247 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27248 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27249 in the Texinfo file.
27250
27251 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27252 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27253 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27254 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27255 move forward past the closing brace.
27256
27257 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27258 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27259
27260 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27261 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27262 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27263
27264 Here are the functions:
27265
27266 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27267 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27268 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27269
27270 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27271 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27272 texinfo-master-menu
27273
27274 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27275
27276 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27277 which menu descriptions are indented.
27278
27279 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27280 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27281 in the region.
27282
27283 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27284 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27285 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27286 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27287
27288 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27289 be the first node in the file.
27290
27291 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27292 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27293
27294 \(fn)" t nil)
27295
27296 ;;;***
27297 \f
27298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (20709
27299 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27300 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27301
27302 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27303 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27304 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27305 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27306
27307 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27308
27309 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27310 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27311
27312 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27313
27314 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27315 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27316
27317 \(fn)" t nil)
27318
27319 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27320
27321
27322 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27323
27324 ;;;***
27325 \f
27326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20999 25770 522517
27327 ;;;;;; 0))
27328 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27329
27330 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27331 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27332 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27333 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27334 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27335 `line', and `page'.
27336
27337 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27338
27339 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27340 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27341 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27342 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27343 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27344 `line', and `page'.
27345
27346 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27347 valid THING.
27348
27349 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27350 positions of the thing found.
27351
27352 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27353
27354 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27355 Return the THING at point.
27356 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27357 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27358 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27359 `line', `number', and `page'.
27360
27361 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27362 strip text properties from the return value.
27363
27364 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27365 a symbol as a valid THING.
27366
27367 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27368
27369 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27370 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27371
27372 \(fn)" nil nil)
27373
27374 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27375 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27376
27377 \(fn)" nil nil)
27378
27379 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27380 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27381
27382 \(fn)" nil nil)
27383
27384 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27385 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27386
27387 \(fn)" nil nil)
27388
27389 ;;;***
27390 \f
27391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (20958 59019 473587 89000))
27392 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27393
27394 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27395 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27396
27397 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27398
27399 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27400 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27401 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27402 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27403
27404 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27405
27406 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27407 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27408
27409 \(fn)" t nil)
27410
27411 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27412 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27413
27414 \(fn)" t nil)
27415
27416 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27417
27418 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27419 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27420
27421 \(fn)" t nil)
27422
27423 ;;;***
27424 \f
27425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20826
27426 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
27427 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27428
27429 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27430 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27431 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27432
27433 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27434
27435 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27436 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27437
27438 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27439
27440 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27441 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27442 The returned string has no composition information.
27443
27444 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27445
27446 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27447 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27448
27449 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27450
27451 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27452 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27453
27454 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27455
27456 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27457 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27458 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27459 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27460
27461 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27462
27463 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27464 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27465 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27466 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27467
27468 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27469
27470 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27471 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27472 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27473
27474 \(fn)" t nil)
27475
27476 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27477 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27478 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27479
27480 \(fn)" t nil)
27481
27482 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27483
27484
27485 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27486
27487 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27488
27489
27490 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27491
27492 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27493
27494
27495 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27496
27497 ;;;***
27498 \f
27499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (20791 9657
27500 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
27501 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27502 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27503 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27504 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27505 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27506 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27507 parameters.
27508 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27509
27510 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27511
27512 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27513 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27514 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27515 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27516 parameters.
27517 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27518
27519 \(fn)" t nil)
27520
27521 ;;;***
27522 \f
27523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
27524 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27525
27526 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27527 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27528
27529 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27530 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27531
27532 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27533 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27534 This display updates automatically every minute.
27535 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27536 are displayed as well.
27537 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27538
27539 \(fn)" t nil)
27540
27541 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27542 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27543 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27545 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27546 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27547
27548 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27549
27550 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27551 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27552 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27553 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27554 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27555
27556 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27557 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27558 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27559 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27560 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27561
27562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27563
27564 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27565 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27566 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27567 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27568
27569 \(fn)" t nil)
27570
27571 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27572 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27573 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27574 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27575
27576 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27577
27578 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27579 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27580
27581 \(fn)" t nil)
27582
27583 ;;;***
27584 \f
27585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (20709
27586 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27587 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27588
27589 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27590 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27591 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27592
27593 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27594 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27595 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27596 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27597 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27598 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27599
27600 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27601 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27602
27603 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27604
27605 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27606 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27607
27608 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27609
27610 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27611 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27612
27613 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27614
27615 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27616 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27617 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27618
27619 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27620
27621 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27622
27623 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27624 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27625 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27626
27627 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27628
27629 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27630 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27631
27632 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27633
27634 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27635 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27636 DATE should be a date-time string.
27637
27638 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27639
27640 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27641 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27642 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27643
27644 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27645
27646 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27647 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27648
27649 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27650
27651 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27652 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27653
27654 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27655
27656 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27657 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27658 TIME should be a time value.
27659 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27660
27661 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27662
27663 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27664 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27665 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27666
27667 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27668
27669 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27670 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27671 The valid format specifiers are:
27672 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27673 %d is the number of days.
27674 %h is the number of hours.
27675 %m is the number of minutes.
27676 %s is the number of seconds.
27677 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27678 %% is a literal \"%\".
27679
27680 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27681 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27682
27683 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27684 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27685 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27686
27687 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27688 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27689 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27690
27691 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27692
27693 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27694
27695 ;;;***
27696 \f
27697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104
27698 ;;;;;; 0))
27699 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27700 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27701 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27702 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27703 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27704 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27705 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27706 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27707 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27708
27709 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27710 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27711 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27712 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27713 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27714 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27715 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27716 look like one of the following:
27717 Time-stamp: <>
27718 Time-stamp: \" \"
27719 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27720 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27721 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27722 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27723 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27724 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27725 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27726 the template.
27727
27728 \(fn)" t nil)
27729
27730 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27731 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27732 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27733
27734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27735
27736 ;;;***
27737 \f
27738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21013
27739 ;;;;;; 58662 278539 0))
27740 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27741 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27742 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27743 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27744 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27747 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27748
27749 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27750
27751 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27752 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27753 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27754 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27755 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27756 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27757 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27758 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27759 display (non-nil means on).
27760
27761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27762
27763 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27764 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27765 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27766 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27767 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27768 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27769 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27770 this function is called within a day.
27771
27772 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27773 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27774 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27775 discover the name of the project.
27776
27777 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27778
27779 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27780 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27781 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27782 begun during the last time segment.
27783
27784 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27785 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27786 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27787 discover the reason.
27788
27789 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27790
27791 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27792 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27793 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27794 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27795 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27796
27797 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27798
27799 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27800 Change to working on a different project.
27801 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27802 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27803 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27804 working on.
27805
27806 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27807
27808 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27809 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27810 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27811
27812 \(fn)" nil nil)
27813
27814 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27815 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27816 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27817
27818 \(fn)" t nil)
27819
27820 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27821 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27822 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27823 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27824 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27825 \"relative to today\".
27826
27827 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27828
27829 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27830 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27831 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27832 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27833
27834 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27835
27836 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27837 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27838 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27839 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27840 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27841 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27842
27843 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27844
27845 ;;;***
27846 \f
27847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27848 ;;;;;; (20929 34089 117790 0))
27849 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27850
27851 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27852 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27853 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27854 the generated Quail package is saved.
27855
27856 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27857
27858 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27859 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27860 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27861 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27862 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27863 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27864 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27865
27866 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27867
27868 ;;;***
27869 \f
27870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
27871 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27872 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27873 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27874
27875 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27876 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27877 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27878 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27879 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27880
27881 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27882
27883 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27884 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27885 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27886 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27887 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27888
27889 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27890
27891 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27892 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27893 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27894 in the menu in two ways:
27895 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27896 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27897 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27898
27899 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27900 keymap or an alist of alists.
27901 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27902 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27903
27904 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27905
27906 ;;;***
27907 \f
27908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20982
27909 ;;;;;; 16679 447285 0))
27910 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27911
27912 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27913 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27914
27915 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27916 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27917 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27918 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27919 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27920 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27921 file was last visited.
27922
27923 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27924 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27925 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27926 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27927 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27928 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27929 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27930 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27931 for the first item.
27932
27933 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27934 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27935 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27936 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27937 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27938 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27939 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27940 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27941
27942 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27943 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27944 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27945 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27946 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27947
27948 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27949 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27950
27951 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27952
27953 ;;;***
27954 \f
27955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104
27956 ;;;;;; 0))
27957 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27958
27959 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27960 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27961 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27962
27963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27964
27965 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27966 Add an item to the tool bar.
27967 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27968 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27969 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27970 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27971
27972 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27973 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27974 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27975 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27976
27977 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27978 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27979
27980 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27981
27982 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27983 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27984 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27985 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27986 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27987 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27988
27989 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27990 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27991 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27992 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27993
27994 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27995
27996 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27997 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27998 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27999 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28000 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28001 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28002 properties to add to the binding.
28003
28004 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28005
28006 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28007 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28008
28009 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28010
28011 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28012 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28013 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28014 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28015 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28016 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28017 properties to add to the binding.
28018
28019 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28020 holds a keymap.
28021
28022 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28023
28024 ;;;***
28025 \f
28026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (20884 7264
28027 ;;;;;; 412929 442000))
28028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28029 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28030 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28031 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28032 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28033 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28034 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28035 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28036
28037 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28038
28039 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28040 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28041 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28042 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28043 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28044
28045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28046
28047 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28048
28049 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28050 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28051
28052 \(fn)" t nil)
28053
28054 ;;;***
28055 \f
28056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (20709
28057 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28059
28060 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28061 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28062
28063 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28064 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28065 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28066 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28067 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28068
28069 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28070 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28071 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28072 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28073 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28074
28075 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28076 (tpu-edt)
28077
28078 Known Problems:
28079
28080 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28081 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28082 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28083 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28084 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28085 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28086
28087 \(fn)" t nil)
28088
28089 ;;;***
28090 \f
28091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20709 26818 907104
28092 ;;;;;; 0))
28093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28094
28095 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28096 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28097 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28098 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28099 to a tcp server on another machine.
28100
28101 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28102
28103 ;;;***
28104 \f
28105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20903 10024
28106 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
28107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28108
28109 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28110 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28111
28112 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28113
28114 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28115 Helper function to get internal values.
28116 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28117
28118 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28119
28120 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28121 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28122 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28123 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28124 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28125 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28126 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28127 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28128
28129 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28130
28131 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28132
28133 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28134 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28135 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28136 changing the window configuration.
28137
28138 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28139
28140 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28141
28142 ;;;***
28143 \f
28144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21024 28968 738399
28145 ;;;;;; 0))
28146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28147
28148 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28149 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28150 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28151
28152 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28153
28154 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28155 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28156
28157 It can have the following values:
28158
28159 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28160 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28161 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28162
28163 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28164
28165 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28166 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28167 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28168 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28169
28170 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28171
28172 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28173 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28174 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28175 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28176
28177 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28178 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28179 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28180
28181 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28182 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28183 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28184 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28185 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28186 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28187 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28188 files which are not really Tramp files.
28189
28190 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28191 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28192 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28193 updated after changing this variable.
28194
28195 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28196
28197 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28198 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28199 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28200 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28201
28202 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28203
28204 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28205 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28206 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28207 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28208
28209 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28210 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28211 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28212
28213 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28214 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28215 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28216
28217 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28218 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28219 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28220 updated after changing this variable.
28221
28222 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28223
28224 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28225 Alist of completion handler functions.
28226 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28227 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28228 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28229
28230 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28231 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28232 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28233 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28234
28235 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28236 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28237 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28238 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28239
28240 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28241 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28242 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28243
28244 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28245
28246 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28247 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28248 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28249
28250 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28251 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28252
28253 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28254
28255 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28256
28257
28258 \(fn)" nil nil)
28259
28260 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28261 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28262
28263 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28264
28265 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28266 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28267
28268 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28269
28270 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28271 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28272
28273 \(fn)" t nil)
28274
28275 ;;;***
28276 \f
28277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21008 40741
28278 ;;;;;; 120196 0))
28279 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28280
28281 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28282
28283
28284 \(fn)" nil nil)
28285
28286 ;;;***
28287 \f
28288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20999 25770 522517
28289 ;;;;;; 0))
28290 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28291
28292 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28293 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28294 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28295 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28296 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28297 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28298 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28299 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28300
28301 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28302 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28303 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28304
28305 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28306 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28307 resumed later.
28308
28309 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28310
28311 ;;;***
28312 \f
28313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28314 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28315 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28316
28317 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28318
28319
28320 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28321
28322 ;;;***
28323 \f
28324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (20763
28325 ;;;;;; 30266 231060 0))
28326 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28327 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28328 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28329 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28330
28331 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28332 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28333 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28334 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28335 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28336 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28337 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28338
28339 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28340
28341 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28342 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28343 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28344 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28345
28346 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28347
28348 \(fn)" t nil)
28349
28350 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28351 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28352 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28353 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28354 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28355 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28356 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28357
28358 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28359 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28360
28361 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28362 \\___/\\
28363 / \\
28364 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28365
28366 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28367
28368 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28369
28370 ;;;***
28371 \f
28372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (20884 7264 912957
28373 ;;;;;; 506000))
28374 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28375
28376 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28377 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28378 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28380 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28381 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28382
28383 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28384
28385 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28386 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28387 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28388
28389 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28390 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28391 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28392 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28393 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28394 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28395 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28396
28397 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28398 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28399
28400 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28401 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28402 reset the keystroke counter.
28403
28404 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28405 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28406 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28407 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28408
28409 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28410 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28411 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28412 `type-break-schedule' command.
28413
28414 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28415 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28416 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28417 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28418 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28419 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28420 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28421 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28422 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28423
28424 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28425 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28426 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28427 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28428 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28429
28430 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28431 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28432 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28433 approximate good values for this.
28434
28435 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28436 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28437
28438 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28439 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28440 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28441 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28442 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28443 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28444
28445 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28446 a typing break occur. They include:
28447
28448 `type-break-query-mode'
28449 `type-break-query-function'
28450 `type-break-query-interval'
28451
28452 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28453
28454 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28455 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28456 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28457 problems.
28458
28459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28460
28461 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28462 Take a typing break.
28463
28464 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28465 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28466
28467 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28468 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28469
28470 \(fn)" t nil)
28471
28472 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28473 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28474 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28475 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28476
28477 \(fn)" t nil)
28478
28479 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28480 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28481
28482 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28483 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28484 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28485 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28486 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28487 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28488 average typing speed.)
28489
28490 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28491 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28492 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28493 the computed maximum threshold.
28494
28495 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28496 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28497 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28498 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28499 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28500
28501 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28502
28503 ;;;***
28504 \f
28505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28506 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28507
28508 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28509 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28510 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28511 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28512 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28513
28514 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28515
28516 ;;;***
28517 \f
28518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28519 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28520 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28521
28522 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28523 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28524
28525 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28526
28527 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28528 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28529
28530 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28531
28532 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28533 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28534
28535 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28536
28537 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28538 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28539
28540 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28541
28542 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28543 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28544
28545 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28546
28547 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28548 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28549
28550 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28551
28552 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28553 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28554
28555 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28556
28557 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28558 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28559
28560 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28561
28562 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28563 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28564
28565 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28566
28567 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28568 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28569
28570 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28571
28572 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28573 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28574
28575 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28576
28577 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28578 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28579
28580 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28581
28582 ;;;***
28583 \f
28584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (20709
28585 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28587
28588 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28589 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28590 Works by overstriking underscores.
28591 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28592 which specify the range to operate on.
28593
28594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28595
28596 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28597 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28598 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28599 which specify the range to operate on.
28600
28601 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28602
28603 ;;;***
28604 \f
28605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (20895 15912 444844
28606 ;;;;;; 0))
28607 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28608
28609 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28610 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28611 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28612 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28613 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28614 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28615
28616 \(fn)" nil nil)
28617
28618 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28619 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28620 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28621
28622 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28623
28624 ;;;***
28625 \f
28626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709 26818
28627 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28629
28630 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28631 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28632 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28633 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28634
28635 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28636
28637 ;;;***
28638 \f
28639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
28640 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28641
28642 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28643 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28644 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28645 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28646 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28647
28648 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28649 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28650 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28651 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28652 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28653 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28654
28655 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28656 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28657 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28658
28659 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28660 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28661 the callback is not called).
28662
28663 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28664 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28665 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28666 take effect.
28667
28668 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28669 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28670 the server.
28671 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28672 URL-encoded before it's used.
28673
28674 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28675
28676 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28677 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28678 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28679 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28680 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28681
28682 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28683
28684 ;;;***
28685 \f
28686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104
28687 ;;;;;; 0))
28688 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28689
28690 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28691 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28692 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28693
28694 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28695 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28696 `url-generic-parse-url'
28697 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28698 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28699 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28700 realm
28701 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28702 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28703 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28704 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28705 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28706 what type of auth to use
28707 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28708 if one cannot be found in the cache
28709
28710 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28711
28712 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28713 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28714
28715 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28716 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28717 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28718 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28719 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28720 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28721 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28722 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28723
28724 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28725
28726 ;;;***
28727 \f
28728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094
28729 ;;;;;; 700824 0))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28731
28732 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28733 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28734
28735 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28736
28737 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28738 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28739 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28740
28741 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28742
28743 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28744 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28745
28746 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28747
28748 ;;;***
28749 \f
28750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818 907104
28751 ;;;;;; 0))
28752 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28753
28754 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28755
28756
28757 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28758
28759 ;;;***
28760 \f
28761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20891 18859 893295
28762 ;;;;;; 0))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28764
28765 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28766 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28767 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28768
28769 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28770
28771 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28772 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28773 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28774 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28775
28776 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28777 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28778 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28779 though.
28780
28781 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28782
28783 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28784 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28785 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28786
28787 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28788
28789 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28790
28791
28792 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28793
28794 ;;;***
28795 \f
28796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
28797 ;;;;;; 0))
28798 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28799
28800 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28801 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28802
28803 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28804
28805 ;;;***
28806 \f
28807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104
28808 ;;;;;; 0))
28809 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28810
28811 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28812 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28813
28814 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28815
28816 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28817 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28818 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28819 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28820 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28821
28822 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28823
28824 ;;;***
28825 \f
28826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (20984
28827 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
28828 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28829
28830 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28831 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28832 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28835 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28836
28837 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28838
28839 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28840 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28841 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28842 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28843 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28844
28845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28846
28847 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28848 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28849 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28850 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28851
28852 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28853
28854 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28855 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28856 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28857 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28858 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28859 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28860 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28861 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28862 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28863 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28864
28865 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28866
28867 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28868 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28869 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28870 accessible.
28871
28872 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28873
28874 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28875
28876
28877 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28878
28879 ;;;***
28880 \f
28881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21004 43695 993272
28882 ;;;;;; 0))
28883 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28884 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28885
28886 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28887 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28888 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28889 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28890 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28891
28892 ;;;***
28893 \f
28894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818 907104
28895 ;;;;;; 0))
28896 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28897
28898 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28899
28900
28901 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28902
28903 ;;;***
28904 \f
28905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709 26818 907104
28906 ;;;;;; 0))
28907 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28908
28909 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28910 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28911 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28912 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28913 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28914
28915 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28916
28917 ;;;***
28918 \f
28919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (20709 26818
28920 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28921 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28922
28923 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28924
28925
28926 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28927
28928 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28929 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28930
28931 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28932
28933 ;;;***
28934 \f
28935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20709 26818 907104
28936 ;;;;;; 0))
28937 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28938
28939 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28940 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28941
28942 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28943
28944 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28945 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28946
28947 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28948
28949 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28950
28951
28952 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28953
28954 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28955
28956 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28957
28958 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28959
28960 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28961 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28962
28963 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28964
28965 ;;;***
28966 \f
28967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (20884 7264 912957
28968 ;;;;;; 506000))
28969 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28970
28971 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28972
28973
28974 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28975
28976 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28977
28978
28979 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28980
28981 ;;;***
28982 \f
28983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (20709 26818 907104
28984 ;;;;;; 0))
28985 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28986
28987 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28988
28989
28990 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28991
28992 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28993
28994
28995 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28996
28997 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28998
28999
29000 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29001
29002 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29003
29004
29005 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29006
29007 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29008
29009
29010 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29011
29012 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29013
29014
29015 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29016
29017 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29018
29019
29020 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29021
29022 ;;;***
29023 \f
29024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818
29025 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29026 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29027
29028 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29029 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29030
29031 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29032
29033 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29034 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29035 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29036
29037 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29038 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29039 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29040 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29041 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29042 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29043 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29044 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29045 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29046 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29047 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29048 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29049 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29050 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29051
29052 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29053 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29054 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29055
29056 Here is an example. The URL
29057
29058 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29059
29060 parses to
29061
29062 TYPE = \"foo\"
29063 USER = \"bob\"
29064 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29065 HOST = \"example.com\"
29066 PORTSPEC = 42
29067 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29068 TARGET = \"nose\"
29069 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29070 FULLNESS = t
29071
29072 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29073
29074 ;;;***
29075 \f
29076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (20709 26818
29077 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29078 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29079
29080 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29081 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29082
29083 \(fn)" t nil)
29084
29085 ;;;***
29086 \f
29087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (20709 26818
29088 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29089 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29090
29091 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29092 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29093 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29094 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29095 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29096 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29097
29098 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29099
29100 ;;;***
29101 \f
29102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20709 26818 907104
29103 ;;;;;; 0))
29104 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29105
29106 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29107 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29108 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29109
29110 If t, all messages will be logged.
29111 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29112 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29113
29114 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29115
29116 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29117
29118
29119 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29120
29121 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29122
29123
29124 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29125
29126 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29127 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29128 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29129 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29130 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29131 & ==> &amp;
29132 < ==> &lt;
29133 > ==> &gt;
29134 \" ==> &quot;
29135
29136 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29137
29138 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29139 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29140 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29141
29142 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29143
29144 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29145 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29146 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29147
29148 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29149
29150 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29151 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29152
29153 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29154
29155 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29156 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29157
29158 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29159
29160 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29161 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29162
29163 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29164
29165 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29166
29167
29168 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29169
29170 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29171
29172
29173 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29174
29175 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29176
29177
29178 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29179
29180 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29181
29182 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29183 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29184
29185 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29186
29187 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29188 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29189
29190 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29191
29192 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29193
29194
29195 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29196
29197 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29198 Build a query-string.
29199
29200 Given a QUERY in the form:
29201 '((key1 val1)
29202 (key2 val2)
29203 (key3 val1 val2)
29204 (key4)
29205 (key5 \"\"))
29206
29207 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29208
29209 This will return a string
29210 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29211 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29212 be used.
29213
29214 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29215
29216 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29217 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29218
29219 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29220
29221 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29222 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29223 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29224 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29225 forbidden in URL encoding.
29226
29227 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29228
29229 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29230 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29231 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29232 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29233 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29234 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29235
29236 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29237 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29238 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29239 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29240
29241 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29242
29243 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29244 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29245 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29246 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29247 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29248 should return it unchanged.
29249
29250 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29251
29252 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29253 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29254 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29255 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29256
29257 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29258
29259 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29260 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29261 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29262
29263 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29264
29265 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29266 View the current document's URL.
29267 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29268 the minibuffer.
29269
29270 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29271
29272 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29273
29274 ;;;***
29275 \f
29276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (20998 4934 952905
29277 ;;;;;; 0))
29278 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29279
29280 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29281 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29282 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29283 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29284 to refrain from editing the file
29285 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29286 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29287 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29288 in any way you like.
29289
29290 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29291
29292 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29293 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29294 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29295 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29296 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29297
29298 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29299 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29300
29301 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29302
29303 ;;;***
29304 \f
29305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818
29306 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29307 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29308
29309 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29310
29311
29312 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29313
29314 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29315
29316
29317 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29318
29319 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29320
29321
29322 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29323
29324 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29325
29326
29327 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29328
29329 ;;;***
29330 \f
29331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
29332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29333
29334 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29335 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29336
29337 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29338
29339 ;;;***
29340 \f
29341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (20709 26818
29342 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29344
29345 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29346 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29347 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29348 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29349
29350 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29351
29352 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29353 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29354 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29355
29356 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29357
29358 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29359 Uudecode region between START and END.
29360 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29361
29362 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29363
29364 ;;;***
29365 \f
29366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
29367 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29368
29369 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29370 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29371 See `run-hooks'.")
29372
29373 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29374
29375 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29376 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29377 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29378
29379 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29380
29381 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29382 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29383 See `run-hooks'.")
29384
29385 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29386
29387 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29388 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29389 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29390 same state. If not, signal an error.
29391
29392 For merging-based version control systems:
29393 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29394 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29395 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29396 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29397 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29398 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29399
29400 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29401 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29402 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29403 the file(s) for editing.
29404 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29405 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29406 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29407 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29408 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29409 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29410
29411 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29412
29413 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29414 Register into a version control system.
29415 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29416 Otherwise register the current file.
29417 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29418 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29419
29420 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29421 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29422 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29423 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29424 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29425 first backend that could register the file is used.
29426
29427 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29428
29429 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29430 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29431
29432 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29433
29434 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29435 Display diffs between file revisions.
29436 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29437 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29438 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29439
29440 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29441 saving the buffer.
29442
29443 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29444
29445 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29446 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29447 repository history using ediff.
29448
29449 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29450
29451 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29452 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29453 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29454 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29455 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29456
29457 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29458 saving the buffer.
29459
29460 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29461
29462 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29463 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29464 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29465 fileset with the working revision.
29466 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29467 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29468
29469 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29470 saving the buffer.
29471
29472 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29473
29474 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29475 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29476 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29477 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29478
29479 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29480
29481 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29482 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29483 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29484 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29485
29486 \(fn)" t nil)
29487
29488 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29489 Perform a version control merge operation.
29490 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29491 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29492 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29493 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29494
29495 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29496 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29497 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29498 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29499 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29500 changes from the current branch.
29501
29502 \(fn)" t nil)
29503
29504 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29505
29506 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29507 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29508 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29509 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29510 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29511 checked out in that new branch.
29512
29513 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29514
29515 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29516 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29517 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29518 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29519 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29520 allowed and simply skipped).
29521
29522 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29523
29524 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29525 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29526 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29527 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29528 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29529
29530 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29531 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29532
29533 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29534
29535 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29536 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29537 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29538 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29539 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29540
29541 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29542
29543 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29544 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29545 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29546
29547 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29548
29549 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29550 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29551 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29552
29553 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29554
29555 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29556 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29557 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29558 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29559
29560 \(fn)" t nil)
29561
29562 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29563 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29564 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29565 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29566
29567 \(fn)" t nil)
29568
29569 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29570
29571 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29572 Update the current fileset or branch.
29573 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29574 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29575 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29576 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29577
29578 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29579 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29580 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29581 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29582 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29583
29584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29585
29586 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29587
29588 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29589 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29590 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29591 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29592 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29593 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29594 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29595
29596 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29597
29598 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29599 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29600 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29601 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29602 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29603 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29604 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29605 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29606 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29607
29608 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29609
29610 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29611 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29612 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29613 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29614
29615 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29616
29617 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29618 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29619 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29620 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29621
29622 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29623
29624 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29625 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29626 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29627 directory.
29628
29629 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29630
29631 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29632 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29633 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29634
29635 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29636 log entries should be gathered.
29637
29638 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29639
29640 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29641 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29642
29643 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29644
29645 ;;;***
29646 \f
29647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (20709 26818
29648 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29649 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29650
29651 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29652 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29653
29654 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29655 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29656 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29657 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29658 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29659 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29660
29661 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29662 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29663 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29664 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29665 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29666 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29667 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29668 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29669
29670 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29671
29672 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29673
29674 Customization variables:
29675
29676 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29677 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29678 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29679 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29680
29681 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29682
29683 ;;;***
29684 \f
29685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20900 33838 319219
29686 ;;;;;; 0))
29687 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29688 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29689 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29690 (progn
29691 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29692 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29693
29694 ;;;***
29695 \f
29696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20990 10793 424093
29697 ;;;;;; 0))
29698 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29699
29700 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29701 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29702
29703 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29704 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29705 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29706 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29707 (progn
29708 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29709 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29710
29711 ;;;***
29712 \f
29713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20983 37555 279226
29714 ;;;;;; 0))
29715 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29716 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29717 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29718 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29719 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29720 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29721 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29722
29723 ;;;***
29724 \f
29725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20990 10793 424093
29726 ;;;;;; 0))
29727 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29728
29729 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29730 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29731 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29732 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29733 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29734
29735 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29736 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29737 The file lines appear later.
29738
29739 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29740 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29741
29742 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29743
29744 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29745
29746 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29747
29748 ;;;***
29749 \f
29750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (20924
29751 ;;;;;; 16196 967284 0))
29752 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29753
29754 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29755 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29756 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29757 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29758 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29759 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29760 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29761 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29762 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29763 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29764 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29765 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29766 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29767 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29768 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29769
29770 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29771
29772 ;;;***
29773 \f
29774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20990 10793 424093
29775 ;;;;;; 0))
29776 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29777 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29778 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29779 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29780 (progn
29781 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29782 (vc-git-registered file))))
29783
29784 ;;;***
29785 \f
29786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20990 10793 424093 0))
29787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29788 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29789 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29790 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29791 (progn
29792 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29793 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29794
29795 ;;;***
29796 \f
29797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20900 33838 319219
29798 ;;;;;; 0))
29799 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29800
29801 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29802 Name of the monotone directory.")
29803
29804 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29805 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29806 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29807 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29808 (progn
29809 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29810 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29811
29812 ;;;***
29813 \f
29814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (20900 33838 319219
29815 ;;;;;; 0))
29816 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29817
29818 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29819 Where to look for RCS master files.
29820 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29821
29822 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29823
29824 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29825
29826 ;;;***
29827 \f
29828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (20900 33838 319219
29829 ;;;;;; 0))
29830 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29831
29832 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29833 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29834 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29835
29836 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29837
29838 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29839
29840 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29841 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29842 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29843 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29844
29845 ;;;***
29846 \f
29847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20990 10793 424093
29848 ;;;;;; 0))
29849 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29850 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29851 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29852 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29853 "_svn")
29854 (t ".svn"))))
29855 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29856 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29857 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29858
29859 ;;;***
29860 \f
29861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (20893
29862 ;;;;;; 60586 188550 0))
29863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29864 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions) (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29865
29866 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29867 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29868
29869 Usage:
29870 ------
29871
29872 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29873 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29874 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29875 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29876
29877 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29878 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29879 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29880 completions.
29881
29882 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29883 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29884
29885 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29886 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29887
29888 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29889 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29890 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29891
29892 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29893
29894
29895 Maintenance:
29896 ------------
29897
29898 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29899 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29900
29901 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29902
29903 Official distribution is at
29904 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29905
29906
29907 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29908 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29909
29910 Key bindings:
29911 -------------
29912
29913 \\{vera-mode-map}
29914
29915 \(fn)" t nil)
29916
29917 ;;;***
29918 \f
29919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29920 ;;;;;; (20992 52525 458637 0))
29921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29922
29923 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29924 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29925 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29926 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29927 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29928
29929 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29930
29931 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29932 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29933
29934 Supports highlighting.
29935
29936 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29937 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29938
29939 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29940
29941 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29942 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29943 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29944 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29945 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29946 on the left side of your screen.
29947 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29948 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29949 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29950 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29951 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29952 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29953 function keyword.
29954 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29955 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29956 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29957 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29958 if (a)
29959 begin
29960 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29961 Indentation for case statements.
29962 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29963 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29964 mark after an end.
29965 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29966 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29967 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29968 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29969 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29970 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29971 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29972 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29973 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29974 if (a)
29975 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29976 otherwise you get:
29977 if (a)
29978 begin
29979 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29980 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29981 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29982 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29983 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29984 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29985 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29986 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29987 comments in tight quarters.
29988 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29989 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29990
29991 Variables controlling other actions:
29992
29993 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29994 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29995 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29996
29997 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29998
29999 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30000
30001 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30002 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30003 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30004
30005 Some other functions are:
30006
30007 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30008 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30009 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30010 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30011 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30012
30013 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30014 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30015 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30016 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30017
30018 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30019 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30020 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30021 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30022 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30023 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30024 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30025 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30026 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30027 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30028 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
30029 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30030 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30031 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30032 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30033 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30034 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30035 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30036 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30037 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30038 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30039 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30040 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30041 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30042 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30043 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30044 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30045 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30046 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30047 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30048
30049 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30050 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30051
30052 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30053
30054 \(fn)" t nil)
30055
30056 ;;;***
30057 \f
30058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (20892
30059 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
30060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30061
30062 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30063 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30064
30065 Usage:
30066 ------
30067
30068 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30069 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30070 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30071 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30072 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30073 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30074 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30075 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30076 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30077
30078 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30079 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30080 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30081 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30082
30083 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30084 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30085 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30086 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30087 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30088
30089 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30090 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30091
30092
30093 HEADER INSERTION:
30094 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30095 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30096 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30097
30098
30099 STUTTERING:
30100 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30101 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30102 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30103 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30104
30105 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30106 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30107 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30108 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30109 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30110
30111
30112 WORD COMPLETION:
30113 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30114 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30115 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30116 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30117
30118 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30119 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30120 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30121 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30122 beginning with \"std\").
30123
30124 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30125 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30126 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30127 stop.
30128
30129
30130 COMMENTS:
30131 `--' puts a single comment.
30132 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30133 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30134 with a comment in between.
30135 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30136 out following lines.
30137 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30138 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30139 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30140 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30141
30142 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30143 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30144 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30145 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30146 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30147 non-nil.
30148
30149 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30150 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30151 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30152 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30153 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30154 multi-line comments.
30155
30156
30157 INDENTATION:
30158 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30159 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30160 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30161 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30162 the entire region.
30163
30164 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30165 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30166 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30167 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30168
30169 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30170 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30171 and vice versa.
30172
30173 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30174 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30175
30176 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30177 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30178 line.
30179
30180
30181 ALIGNMENT:
30182 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30183 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30184 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30185 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30186 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30187 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30188 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30189 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30190
30191 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30192 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30193 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30194 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30195 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30196 is non-nil.
30197
30198 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30199 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30200 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30201
30202 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30203 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30204
30205
30206 CODE FILLING:
30207 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30208 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30209 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30210 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30211 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30212 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30213
30214
30215 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30216 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30217 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30218 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30219 command:
30220
30221 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30222
30223
30224 PORT TRANSLATION:
30225 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30226 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30227 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30228 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30229 internal signal initializations (menu).
30230
30231 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30232 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30233 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30234
30235 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30236 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30237 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30238 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30239 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30240 in subsequent paste operations.)
30241
30242 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30243 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30244 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30245
30246
30247 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30248 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30249 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30250 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30251 association list with formals).
30252
30253
30254 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30255 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30256 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30257 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30258 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30259 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30260 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30261 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30262 `vhdl-testbench'.
30263
30264
30265 KEY BINDINGS:
30266 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30267
30268
30269 VHDL MENU:
30270 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30271
30272
30273 FILE BROWSER:
30274 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30275 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30276 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30277
30278 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30279 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30280
30281
30282 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30283 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30284 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30285 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30286
30287 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30288 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30289 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30290
30291 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30292 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30293 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30294 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30295
30296 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30297 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30298 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30299 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30300 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30301
30302 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30303 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30304 required by secondary units.
30305
30306
30307 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30308 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30309 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30310 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30311 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30312 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30313 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30314 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30315 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30316 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30317 inputs to this component -> input port created
30318 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30319 outputs from this component -> output port created
30320 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30321 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30322
30323 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30324 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30325 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30326 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30327 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30328
30329 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30330 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30331
30332 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30333 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30334 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30335 component instantiation is also supported (option
30336 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30337
30338 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30339 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30340 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30341 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30342 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30343 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30344 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30345 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30346 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30347 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30348 generating the configuration.
30349
30350 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30351 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30352 configurations in speedbar.
30353
30354 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30355
30356
30357 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30358 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30359 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30360 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30361 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30362 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30363 information. New compilers can be added.
30364
30365 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30366 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30367
30368
30369 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30370 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30371 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30372 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30373 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30374
30375 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30376 command:
30377
30378 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30379 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30380 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30381
30382 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30383 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30384 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30385 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30386 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30387 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30388 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30389 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30390 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30391
30392 Limitations:
30393 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30394 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30395 not (yet) supported.
30396 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30397 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30398 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30399
30400
30401 PROJECTS:
30402 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30403 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30404 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30405 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30406 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30407 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30408 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30409 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30410
30411 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30412 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30413 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30414 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30415 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30416 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30417 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30418 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30419 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30420 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30421 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30422
30423
30424 SPECIAL MENUES:
30425 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30426 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30427 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30428 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30429 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30430 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30431 current directory for VHDL source files.
30432
30433
30434 VHDL STANDARDS:
30435 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30436 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30437
30438
30439 KEYWORD CASE:
30440 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30441 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30442 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30443 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30444 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30445 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30446 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30447 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30448
30449
30450 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30451 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30452 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30453 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30454 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30455 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30456 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30457
30458 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30459 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30460 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30461 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30462 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30463 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30464
30465 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30466 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30467 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30468 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30469 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30470 visually.
30471
30472 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30473 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30474 highlighted if written in lower case.
30475
30476 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30477 highlighted using a different background color if option
30478 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30479
30480 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30481 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30482 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30483 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30484 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30485
30486
30487 USER MODELS:
30488 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30489 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30490 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30491
30492
30493 HIDE/SHOW:
30494 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30495 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30496 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30497 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30498 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30499
30500
30501 CODE UPDATING:
30502 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30503 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30504 Limitations:
30505 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30506 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30507 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30508 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30509 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30510 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30511 (used to obtain the port names).
30512 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30513 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30514 sensitivity lists.
30515
30516
30517 CODE FIXING:
30518 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30519 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30520
30521
30522 PRINTING:
30523 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30524 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30525 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30526 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30527 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30528 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30529 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30530 printers.
30531
30532
30533 OPTIONS:
30534 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30535 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30536 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30537 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30538 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30539
30540 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30541 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30542 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30543 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30544 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30545 INSTALL file).
30546
30547 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30548 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30549
30550
30551 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30552 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30553 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30554 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30555
30556 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30557
30558
30559 HINTS:
30560 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30561 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30562
30563 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30564
30565 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30566
30567 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30568
30569
30570 RELEASE NOTES:
30571 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30572
30573
30574 Maintenance:
30575 ------------
30576
30577 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30578 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30579
30580 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30581
30582 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30583 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30584 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30585 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30586
30587 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30588 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30589 where the latest version can be found.
30590
30591
30592 Known problems:
30593 ---------------
30594
30595 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30596 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30597 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30598 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30599
30600
30601 The VHDL Mode Authors
30602 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30603
30604 Key bindings:
30605 -------------
30606
30607 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30608
30609 \(fn)" t nil)
30610
30611 ;;;***
30612 \f
30613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30614 ;;;;;; 0))
30615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30616
30617 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30618 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30619 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30620 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30621
30622 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30623 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30624 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30625 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30626 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30627
30628 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30629 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30630
30631 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30632
30633 * Limitations and unsupported features
30634 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30635 not supported.
30636 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30637 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30638
30639 * Modifications
30640 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30641 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30642 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30643 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30644 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30645 for undoing a repeated change command.
30646 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30647 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30648 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30649
30650 * Extensions
30651 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30652 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30653 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30654 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30655 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30656 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30657 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30658 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30659
30660 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30661
30662 \(fn)" t nil)
30663
30664 ;;;***
30665 \f
30666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (20826
30667 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
30668 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30669
30670 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30671 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30672
30673 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30674
30675 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30676 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30677 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30678 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30679
30680 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30681
30682 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30683 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30684
30685 \(fn)" t nil)
30686
30687 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30688 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30689 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30690 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30691
30692 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30693
30694 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30695 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30696
30697 \(fn)" t nil)
30698
30699 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30700
30701
30702 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30703
30704 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30705
30706
30707 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30708
30709 ;;;***
30710 \f
30711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
30712 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30713
30714 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30715 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30716 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30717
30718 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30719
30720 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30721 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30722 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30723 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30724
30725 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30726
30727 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30728 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30729
30730 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30731
30732 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30733 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30734 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30735 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30736 moving around in the buffer.
30737 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30738 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30739
30740 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30741
30742 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30743
30744 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30745 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30746 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30747 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30748
30749 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30750 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30751 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30752 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30753 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30754
30755 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30756
30757 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30758
30759 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30760 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30761 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30762 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30763 buffer.
30764
30765 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30766 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30767 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30768 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30769 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30770
30771 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30772
30773 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30774
30775 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30776 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30777 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30778 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30779 moving around in the buffer.
30780 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30781 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30782
30783 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30784
30785 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30786 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30787 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30788
30789 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30790 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30791 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30792 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30793
30794 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30795 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30796 own View-like bindings.
30797
30798 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30799
30800 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30801 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30802 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30803 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30804 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30805 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30806 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30807
30808 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30809
30810 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30811
30812 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30813 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30814 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30815
30816 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30817 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30818 own View-like bindings.
30819
30820 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30821
30822 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30823 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30824 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30825 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30826 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30827 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30828 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30829
30830 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30831
30832 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30833
30834 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30835 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30836 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30837
30838 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30839 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30840 own View-like bindings.
30841
30842 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30843
30844 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30845 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30847 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30848 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30849
30850 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30851 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30852 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30853 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30854
30855 \\<view-mode-map>
30856
30857 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30858 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30859 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30860 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30861 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30862 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30863 to a repeat count of one.
30864
30865 H, h, ? This message.
30866 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30867 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30868 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30869 > move to the end of buffer.
30870 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30871 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30872 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30873 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30874 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30875 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30876 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30877 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30878 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30879 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30880 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30881 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30882 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30883 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30884 Use this to view a changing file.
30885 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30886 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30887 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30888 . set the mark.
30889 x exchanges point and mark.
30890 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30891 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30892 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30893 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30894 ' go to position saved in character register.
30895 s do forward incremental search.
30896 r do reverse incremental search.
30897 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30898 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30899 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30900 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30901 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30902 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30903 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30904 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30905 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30906 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30907 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30908 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30909 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30910 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30911 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30912 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30913 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30914
30915 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30916 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30917 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30918 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30919 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30920 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30921 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30922 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30923 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30924
30925 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30926
30927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30928
30929 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30930 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30931 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30932 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30933 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30934 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30935 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30936 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30937 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30938
30939 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30940
30941 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30942
30943 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30944 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30945 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30946 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30947 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30948 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30949
30950 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30951 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30952 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30953
30954 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30955
30956 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30957
30958 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30959
30960 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30961 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30962
30963 \(fn)" t nil)
30964
30965 ;;;***
30966 \f
30967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20929 34089 117790
30968 ;;;;;; 0))
30969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30970
30971 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30972 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30973
30974 \(fn)" nil nil)
30975
30976 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30977 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30978
30979 \(fn)" t nil)
30980
30981 ;;;***
30982 \f
30983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (20954 37295 781599
30984 ;;;;;; 0))
30985 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30986 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30987 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30988 Toggle Viper on/off.
30989 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30990
30991 \(fn)" t nil)
30992
30993 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30994 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30995
30996 \(fn)" t nil)
30997
30998 ;;;***
30999 \f
31000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (20709
31001 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
31002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31003
31004 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31005 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31006 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31007 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31008 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31009 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31010 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31011 the beginning of the warning.")
31012
31013 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31014 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31015 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31016 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31017 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31018 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31019 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31020 also call that function before the next warning.")
31021
31022 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31023 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31024
31025 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31026 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31027 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31028 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31029
31030 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31031 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31032 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31033 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31034 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31035 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31036
31037 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31038 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31039 Default is :warning.
31040
31041 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31042 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31043 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31044 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31045 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31046 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31047
31048 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31049 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31050 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31051
31052 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31053
31054 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31055 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31056
31057 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31058
31059 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31060 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31061 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31062 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31063
31064 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31065 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31066 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31067 can be whatever you like.)
31068
31069 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31070 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31071
31072 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31073 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31074 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31075 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31076 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31077
31078 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31079
31080 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31081 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31082 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31083 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31084 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31085
31086 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31087
31088 ;;;***
31089 \f
31090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31091 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31092 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31093 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31094 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31095 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31096 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31097 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31098 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31099 directories to reflect your edits.
31100
31101 See `wdired-mode'.
31102
31103 \(fn)" t nil)
31104
31105 ;;;***
31106 \f
31107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20927 49244 970422
31108 ;;;;;; 0))
31109 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31110
31111 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31112 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31113
31114 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31115 hotlist.
31116
31117 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31118 <nwv@acm.org>.
31119
31120 \(fn)" t nil)
31121
31122 ;;;***
31123 \f
31124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (20895
31125 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
31126 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31127 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31128 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31129
31130 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31131
31132 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31133 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31134 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31135 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31136 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31137 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31138
31139 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31140
31141 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31142 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31143 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31144 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31145 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31146
31147 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31148 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31149 in certain major modes.
31150
31151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31152
31153 ;;;***
31154 \f
31155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20986 60038 720063
31156 ;;;;;; 0))
31157 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31158 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31159 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31160 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31162 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31163 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31164
31165 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31166 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31167
31168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31169
31170 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31171 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31173 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31174 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31175
31176 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31177 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31178 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31179 use `whitespace-mode'.
31180
31181 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31182
31183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31184
31185 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31186 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31187 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31188 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31189 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31190 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31191
31192 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31193
31194 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31195 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31197 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31198 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31199
31200 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31201 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31202
31203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31204
31205 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31206 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31207 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31210 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31211
31212 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31213
31214 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31215 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31216 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31217 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31218 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31219
31220 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31221 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31222 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31223 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31224
31225 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31226
31227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31228
31229 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31230 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31231
31232 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31233 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31234
31235 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31236 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31237
31238 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31239
31240 CHAR MEANING
31241 (VIA FACES)
31242 f toggle face visualization
31243 t toggle TAB visualization
31244 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31245 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31246 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31247 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31248 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31249 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31250 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31251 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31252 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31253 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31254 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31255 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31256 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31257 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31258 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31259
31260 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31261 T toggle TAB visualization
31262 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31263 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31264
31265 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31266 ? display brief help
31267
31268 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31269 The valid symbols are:
31270
31271 face toggle face visualization
31272 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31273 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31274 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31275 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31276 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31277 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31278 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31279 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31280 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31281 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31282 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31283 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31284 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31285 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31286 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31287 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31288
31289 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31290 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31291 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31292
31293 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31294
31295 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31296
31297 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31298
31299 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31300 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31301
31302 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31303 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31304
31305 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31306 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31307
31308 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31309
31310 CHAR MEANING
31311 (VIA FACES)
31312 f toggle face visualization
31313 t toggle TAB visualization
31314 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31315 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31316 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31317 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31318 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31319 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31320 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31321 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31322 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31323 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31324 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31325 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31326 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31327 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31328 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31329
31330 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31331 T toggle TAB visualization
31332 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31333 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31334
31335 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31336 ? display brief help
31337
31338 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31339 The valid symbols are:
31340
31341 face toggle face visualization
31342 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31343 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31344 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31345 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31346 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31347 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31348 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31349 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31350 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31351 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31352 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31353 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31354 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31355 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31356 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31357 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31358
31359 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31360 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31361 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31362
31363 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31364
31365 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31366
31367 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31368
31369 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31370 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31371
31372 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31373 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31374 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31375 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31376 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31377
31378 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31379
31380 The problems cleaned up are:
31381
31382 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31383 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31384 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31385 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31386
31387 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31388 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31389 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31390 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31391 SPACEs.
31392 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31393 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31394 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31395 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31396
31397 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31398 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31399 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31400 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31401 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31402 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31403 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31404 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31405
31406 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31407 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31408 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31409
31410 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31411 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31412 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31413 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31414 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31415 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31416 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31417 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31418
31419 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31420 documentation.
31421
31422 \(fn)" t nil)
31423
31424 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31425 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31426
31427 The problems cleaned up are:
31428
31429 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31430 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31431 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31432 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31433 SPACEs.
31434 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31435 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31436 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31437 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31438
31439 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31440 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31441 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31442 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31443 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31444 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31445 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31446 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31447
31448 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31449 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31450 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31451
31452 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31453 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31454 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31455 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31456 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31457 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31458 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31459 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31460
31461 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31462 documentation.
31463
31464 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31465
31466 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31467 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31468
31469 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31470 non-nil.
31471
31472 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31473 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31474 `whitespace-style' to have:
31475
31476 empty
31477 trailing
31478 indentation
31479 space-before-tab
31480 space-after-tab
31481
31482 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31483 whitespace problems in buffer.
31484
31485 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31486
31487 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31488 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31489 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31490 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31491 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31492 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31493 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31494
31495 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31496 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31497 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31498 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31499 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31500 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31501 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31502
31503 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31504 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31505 cleaning up these problems.
31506
31507 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31508
31509 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31510 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31511
31512 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31513 non-nil.
31514
31515 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31516 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31517 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31518
31519 empty
31520 indentation
31521 space-before-tab
31522 trailing
31523 space-after-tab
31524
31525 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31526 whitespace problems in buffer.
31527
31528 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31529
31530 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31531 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31532 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31533 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31534 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31535 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31536 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31537
31538 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31539 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31540 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31541 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31542 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31543 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31544 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31545
31546 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31547 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31548 cleaning up these problems.
31549
31550 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31551
31552 ;;;***
31553 \f
31554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818 907104
31555 ;;;;;; 0))
31556 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31557
31558 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31559 Browse the widget under point.
31560
31561 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31562
31563 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31564 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31565
31566 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31567
31568 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31569 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31570
31571 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31572
31573 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31574 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31575 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31576 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31577 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31578
31579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31580
31581 ;;;***
31582 \f
31583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20959 55207 940876
31584 ;;;;;; 0))
31585 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31586
31587 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31588 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31589
31590 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31591
31592 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31593 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31594 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31595
31596 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31597
31598 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31599 Create widget of TYPE.
31600 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31601
31602 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31603
31604 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31605 Delete WIDGET.
31606
31607 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31608
31609 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31610 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31611
31612 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31613
31614 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31615 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31616 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31617 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31618
31619 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31620 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31621
31622 \(fn)" nil nil)
31623
31624 ;;;***
31625 \f
31626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709 26818 907104
31627 ;;;;;; 0))
31628 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31629
31630 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31631 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31632 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31633 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31634 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31635 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31636 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31637
31638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31639
31640 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31641 Select the window above the current one.
31642 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31643 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31644 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31645 negative ARG) of the current window.
31646 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31647
31648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31649
31650 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31651 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31652 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31653 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31654 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31655 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31656 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31657
31658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31659
31660 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31661 Select the window below the current one.
31662 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31663 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31664 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31665 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31666 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31667
31668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31669
31670 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31671 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31672 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31673 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31674
31675 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31676
31677 ;;;***
31678 \f
31679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31680 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31681
31682 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31683 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31684 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31686 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31687 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31688
31689 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31690
31691 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31692 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31694 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31695 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31696 \\{winner-mode-map}
31697
31698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31699
31700 ;;;***
31701 \f
31702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
31703 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31704 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31705 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31706 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31707 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31708 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31709 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31710
31711 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31712
31713 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31714 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31715 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31716 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31717 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31718 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31719 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31720 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31721
31722 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31723 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31724
31725 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31726
31727 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31728 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31729
31730 \(fn)" t nil)
31731
31732 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31733 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31734 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31735 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31736 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31737 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31738 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31739 `woman' command for further details.
31740
31741 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31742
31743 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31744 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31745
31746 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31747
31748 ;;;***
31749 \f
31750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (20709 26818
31751 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
31752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31753 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31754 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31755 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31756
31757 BUGS:
31758 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31759 are not implemented
31760 - Options for search and replace
31761 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31762 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31763
31764 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31765 Emacs-like.
31766
31767 The key bindings are:
31768
31769 C-a backward-word
31770 C-b fill-paragraph
31771 C-c scroll-up-line
31772 C-d forward-char
31773 C-e previous-line
31774 C-f forward-word
31775 C-g delete-char
31776 C-h backward-char
31777 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31778 C-j help-for-help
31779 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31780 C-l ws-repeat-search
31781 C-n open-line
31782 C-p quoted-insert
31783 C-r scroll-down-line
31784 C-s backward-char
31785 C-t kill-word
31786 C-u keyboard-quit
31787 C-v overwrite-mode
31788 C-w scroll-down
31789 C-x next-line
31790 C-y kill-complete-line
31791 C-z scroll-up
31792
31793 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31794 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31795 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31796 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31797 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31798 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31799 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31800 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31801 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31802 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31803 C-k b ws-begin-block
31804 C-k c ws-copy-block
31805 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31806 C-k f find-file
31807 C-k h ws-show-markers
31808 C-k i ws-indent-block
31809 C-k k ws-end-block
31810 C-k p ws-print-block
31811 C-k q kill-emacs
31812 C-k r insert-file
31813 C-k s save-some-buffers
31814 C-k t ws-mark-word
31815 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31816 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31817 C-k v ws-move-block
31818 C-k w ws-write-block
31819 C-k x kill-emacs
31820 C-k y ws-delete-block
31821
31822 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31823 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31824 C-o j justify-current-line
31825 C-o k kill-buffer
31826 C-o l list-buffers
31827 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31828 C-o r set-fill-column
31829 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31830 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31831 C-o wh split-window-right
31832 C-o wo other-window
31833 C-o wv split-window-below
31834
31835 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31836 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31837 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31838 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31839 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31840 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31841 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31842 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31843 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31844 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31845 C-q a ws-query-replace
31846 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31847 C-q c end-of-buffer
31848 C-q d end-of-line
31849 C-q f ws-search
31850 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31851 C-q l ws-undo
31852 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31853 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31854 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31855 C-q w ws-last-error
31856 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31857 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31858
31859 \(fn)" t nil)
31860
31861 ;;;***
31862 \f
31863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
31864 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31865
31866 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31867 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31868 Return the top node with all its children.
31869 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31870
31871 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31872 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31873 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31874
31875 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31876
31877 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31878 namespace to URIs instead.
31879
31880 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31881 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31882
31883 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31884
31885 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31886
31887 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31888
31889 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31890 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31891 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31892 not contain well-formed XML.
31893
31894 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31895 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31896 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31897 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31898 element of the list.
31899 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31900 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31901 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31902
31903 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31904
31905 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31906 namespace to URIs instead.
31907
31908 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31909 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31910
31911 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31912
31913 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31914
31915 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31916
31917 ;;;***
31918 \f
31919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (20998 4934 952905
31920 ;;;;;; 0))
31921 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31922
31923 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31924 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31925 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31926 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31927 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31928 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31929 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31930 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31931 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31932 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31933
31934 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31935
31936 ;;;***
31937 \f
31938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20797 44848 327754
31939 ;;;;;; 0))
31940 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31941
31942 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31943 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31944 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31946 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31947 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31948
31949 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31950
31951 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31952 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31953 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31954 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31955 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31956
31957 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31958 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31959 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31960 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31961 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31962 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31963
31964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31965
31966 ;;;***
31967 \f
31968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
31969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31970
31971 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31972 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31973
31974 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31975
31976 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31977 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31978
31979 \(fn)" nil nil)
31980
31981 ;;;***
31982 \f
31983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31984 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31985
31986 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31987 Zone out, completely.
31988
31989 \(fn)" t nil)
31990
31991 ;;;***
31992 \f
31993 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (21027 5557 48411 587000))
32198
32199 ;;;***
32200 \f
32201 (provide 'loaddefs)
32202 ;; Local Variables:
32203 ;; version-control: never
32204 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32205 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32206 ;; coding: utf-8
32207 ;; End:
32208 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here